[go: up one dir, main page]

CN115397489A - Electronic system for drug delivery device and drug delivery device - Google Patents

Electronic system for drug delivery device and drug delivery device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN115397489A
CN115397489A CN202180024548.8A CN202180024548A CN115397489A CN 115397489 A CN115397489 A CN 115397489A CN 202180024548 A CN202180024548 A CN 202180024548A CN 115397489 A CN115397489 A CN 115397489A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
dose
electronic system
feature
relative
switch
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
CN202180024548.8A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
W·G·A·马什
A·P·莫里斯
Z·G·厄利
P·R·德雷珀
R·维齐
D·A·普仑特
O·C·盖斯利
R·A·史密斯
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Sanofi Aventis France
Original Assignee
Sanofi Aventis France
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sanofi Aventis France filed Critical Sanofi Aventis France
Publication of CN115397489A publication Critical patent/CN115397489A/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/178Syringes
    • A61M5/20Automatic syringes, e.g. with automatically actuated piston rod, with automatic needle injection, filling automatically
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/178Syringes
    • A61M5/24Ampoule syringes, i.e. syringes with needle for use in combination with replaceable ampoules or carpules, e.g. automatic
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/178Syringes
    • A61M5/31Details
    • A61M5/315Pistons; Piston-rods; Guiding, blocking or restricting the movement of the rod or piston; Appliances on the rod for facilitating dosing ; Dosing mechanisms
    • A61M5/31533Dosing mechanisms, i.e. setting a dose
    • A61M5/31545Setting modes for dosing
    • A61M5/31548Mechanically operated dose setting member
    • A61M5/3155Mechanically operated dose setting member by rotational movement of dose setting member, e.g. during setting or filling of a syringe
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/178Syringes
    • A61M5/31Details
    • A61M5/315Pistons; Piston-rods; Guiding, blocking or restricting the movement of the rod or piston; Appliances on the rod for facilitating dosing ; Dosing mechanisms
    • A61M5/31533Dosing mechanisms, i.e. setting a dose
    • A61M5/31545Setting modes for dosing
    • A61M5/31548Mechanically operated dose setting member
    • A61M5/3155Mechanically operated dose setting member by rotational movement of dose setting member, e.g. during setting or filling of a syringe
    • A61M5/31553Mechanically operated dose setting member by rotational movement of dose setting member, e.g. during setting or filling of a syringe without axial movement of dose setting member
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/178Syringes
    • A61M5/31Details
    • A61M5/315Pistons; Piston-rods; Guiding, blocking or restricting the movement of the rod or piston; Appliances on the rod for facilitating dosing ; Dosing mechanisms
    • A61M5/31565Administration mechanisms, i.e. constructional features, modes of administering a dose
    • A61M5/31566Means improving security or handling thereof
    • A61M5/31568Means keeping track of the total dose administered, e.g. since the cartridge was inserted
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/178Syringes
    • A61M5/24Ampoule syringes, i.e. syringes with needle for use in combination with replaceable ampoules or carpules, e.g. automatic
    • A61M2005/2403Ampoule inserted into the ampoule holder
    • A61M2005/2407Ampoule inserted into the ampoule holder from the rear
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M2205/00General characteristics of the apparatus
    • A61M2205/58Means for facilitating use, e.g. by people with impaired vision
    • A61M2205/581Means for facilitating use, e.g. by people with impaired vision by audible feedback
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M2205/00General characteristics of the apparatus
    • A61M2205/60General characteristics of the apparatus with identification means
    • A61M2205/6063Optical identification systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M2205/00General characteristics of the apparatus
    • A61M2205/60General characteristics of the apparatus with identification means
    • A61M2205/6063Optical identification systems
    • A61M2205/6072Bar codes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M2205/00General characteristics of the apparatus
    • A61M2205/82Internal energy supply devices
    • A61M2205/8206Internal energy supply devices battery-operated
    • A61M2205/8212Internal energy supply devices battery-operated with means or measures taken for minimising energy consumption

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Anesthesiology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Infusion, Injection, And Reservoir Apparatuses (AREA)

Abstract

An electronic system (1000) for a drug delivery device (1,2) is provided, the electronic system comprising: -a dose setting and driving mechanism (1780, 1790) configured to perform a dose setting operation for setting a dose to be delivered by the drug delivery device and a dose delivery operation for delivering the set dose, the dose setting and driving mechanism comprising a first member (1780) and a second member (1790), wherein the dose setting and driving mechanism is configured such that, in the dose delivery operation and/or in the dose setting operation, the first member is moved, e.g. rotated, relative to the second member; -an electronic control unit (1100) configured to control operation of an electronic system, the electronic system having a first state and a second state, wherein the electronic system has an increased power consumption in the second state compared to the first state; -an electrical usage detection unit (1300) operatively connected to the electronic control unit, the electrical usage detection unit being configured to generate a usage signal indicating that a user has started a dose setting operation or a dose delivery operation, wherein the electronic system is configured such that the electronic system is switched from the first state to the second state by the electronic control unit in response to the usage signal, and wherein the electrical usage detection unit is configured to generate the usage signal in response to a relative movement, e.g. in response to a relative rotational movement therebetween, between the first member and the second member, preferably during a dose delivery operation.

Description

用于药物递送装置的电子系统和药物递送装置Electronic system for drug delivery device and drug delivery device

背景技术Background technique

本公开文本涉及一种用于药物递送装置的电子系统。本公开文本进一步涉及一种药物递送装置,所述药物递送装置优选地包括所述电子系统。The present disclosure relates to an electronic system for a drug delivery device. The present disclosure further relates to a drug delivery device, preferably comprising said electronic system.

使用电子器件的药物递送装置在制药工业中以及对于用户或患者变得越来越流行。然而,尤其是如果装置被设计成独立式的(也就是说没有用于连接到为装置的操作提供电力所必需的电源的连接器),则对集成到装置中的电力供应资源的管理是特别重要的。Drug delivery devices using electronics are becoming more and more popular in the pharmaceutical industry and for users or patients. However, especially if the device is designed as a stand-alone (that is to say without connectors for connection to the power source necessary to provide power for the operation of the device), the management of power supply resources integrated into the device is particularly important.

发明内容Contents of the invention

本公开文本的目的是提供包括用于药物递送装置的一个或多个电子系统的药物递送装置的改进。It is an object of the present disclosure to provide improvements in drug delivery devices comprising one or more electronic systems for the drug delivery device.

这个目的是通过在独立权利要求中限定的主题来实现的。有利的实施方案和改进受制于从属权利要求。然而,应当注意,本公开文本不限于所附权利要求中限定的主题。而是,如从以下描述中将变得显而易见的,本公开文本可以包括附加于或替代于在独立权利要求中限定的主题的改进。This object is achieved by the subject-matter defined in the independent claims. Advantageous embodiments and developments are subject to the subclaims. It should be noted, however, that the present disclosure is not limited to the subject matter defined in the appended claims. Rather, as will become apparent from the following description, the disclosure may comprise improvements in addition to or instead of the subject matter defined in the independent claims.

本公开文本的一个方面涉及一种用于药物递送装置的电子系统。本公开文本的另一方面涉及一种包括所述电子系统的药物递送装置。相应地,本文所述的与药物递送装置有关的特征应被认为是针对电子系统所公开的,并且反之亦然。One aspect of the present disclosure relates to an electronic system for a drug delivery device. Another aspect of the disclosure relates to a drug delivery device comprising said electronic system. Accordingly, features described herein in relation to a drug delivery device should be considered as disclosed for an electronic system, and vice versa.

在一个实施方案中,电子系统或药物递送装置包括剂量设定和/或驱动机构。剂量设定机构可以被配置成执行用于设定待由药物递送装置递送的剂量的剂量设定操作。可以在药物递送装置中设定的剂量可以是可变剂量,即,可以设定的剂量的大小不是通过机构的设计固定的,而是可以由用户选择。优选地,用户可以在最小可设定剂量与最大可设定剂量之间选择设定的剂量。驱动机构可以被配置成执行用于递送所述剂量(例如,先前已经设定的剂量)的剂量递送操作。In one embodiment, the electronic system or drug delivery device includes a dose setting and/or drive mechanism. The dose setting mechanism may be configured to perform a dose setting operation for setting a dose to be delivered by the drug delivery device. The dose that can be set in the drug delivery device can be a variable dose, ie the size of the dose that can be set is not fixed by the design of the mechanism but can be selected by the user. Preferably, the user can select a set dose between a minimum settable dose and a maximum settable dose. The drive mechanism may be configured to perform a dose delivery operation for delivering said dose (eg a previously set dose).

在一个实施方案中,药物递送装置的电子系统包括壳体。壳体可以容纳剂量设定和/或驱动机构的部件和/或电子系统或药物递送装置的一个或多个其他部件。壳体可以是外壳体。也就是说,壳体可以呈现电子系统或药物递送装置的外表面。在本文被描述为移动的构件可以在电子系统和/或剂量设定和/或驱动机构的操作期间相对于壳体移动。In one embodiment, the electronic system of the drug delivery device comprises a housing. The housing may house components of the dose setting and/or drive mechanism and/or one or more other components of the electronic system or drug delivery device. The housing may be an outer housing. That is, the housing may present the outer surface of the electronic system or drug delivery device. Components described herein as moving may move relative to the housing during operation of the electronics and/or dose setting and/or drive mechanism.

在一个实施方案中,剂量设定和/或驱动机构包括用户接口构件,例如,剂量和/或注射按钮。用户接口构件可以被布置为由用户操作以操作所述机构。In one embodiment, the dose setting and/or drive mechanism comprises user interface members, eg dose and/or injection buttons. The user interface member may be arranged to be operated by a user to operate the mechanism.

在一个实施方案中,剂量设定和/或驱动机构包括第一构件和第二构件。第一构件和/或第二构件可以被配置成在剂量设定操作期间和/或在剂量递送操作期间相对于电子系统或药物递送装置的壳体移动。第一构件可以是剂量设定和/或驱动机构的被移动以设定剂量的剂量构件或拨选构件(例如,拨选套筒或数字套筒)。第二构件可以是驱动构件(例如,与剂量设定和/或驱动机构的活塞杆接合的构件)或者用户接口构件(例如,剂量和/或注射按钮)。第一构件和/或第二构件可以可移动地联接至壳体或固持在所述壳体中。在剂量设定操作中,第一构件和/或第二构件可以相对于壳体轴向地(例如,背离壳体的近端)移位。第一构件和/或第二构件在剂量设定操作期间相对于壳体轴向移位的距离可以通过设定的剂量的大小来确定。换句话说,药物递送装置可以是拨选延伸类型,即,所述装置在剂量设定操作期间以与设定的剂量的大小成比例的量来增加其长度。In one embodiment, the dose setting and/or drive mechanism comprises a first member and a second member. The first member and/or the second member may be configured to move relative to the electronic system or the housing of the drug delivery device during a dose setting operation and/or during a dose delivery operation. The first member may be a dose member or a dial member (eg a dial sleeve or number sleeve) of the dose setting and/or drive mechanism moved to set a dose. The second member may be a drive member (eg a member that engages with a dose setting and/or a piston rod of the drive mechanism) or a user interface member (eg a dose and/or injection button). The first member and/or the second member may be movably coupled to or retained in the housing. During a dose setting operation, the first member and/or the second member may be displaced axially (eg away from the proximal end of the housing) relative to the housing. The distance by which the first member and/or the second member are axially displaced relative to the housing during a dose setting operation may be determined by the size of the set dose. In other words, the drug delivery device may be of the dial extension type, ie the device increases in length during a dose setting operation by an amount proportional to the size of the set dose.

在一个实施方案中,在剂量设定操作中和/或在剂量递送操作中,第一构件相对于第二构件移动(例如,旋转和/或轴向移动)。例如,第一构件可以在剂量递送操作期间相对于第二构件旋转。第一构件和第二构件两者可以在剂量递送操作期间轴向移动。在剂量设定操作和/或剂量递送操作期间,第一构件可以相对于第二构件和相对于壳体旋转。在剂量递送操作期间,第二构件可以例如通过递送接合器而相对于壳体旋转地锁定或引导。在剂量设定操作期间,第一构件和第二构件可以相对于彼此旋转地锁定。因此,在剂量设定操作中,第一构件和第二构件可以相对于壳体旋转。在剂量设定操作期间,第一构件和第二构件可以例如经由联接接口(例如,设定接合器)彼此联接。联接接口可以在剂量设定操作期间将第一构件和第二构件彼此旋转地锁定。当联接接口接合时,第一构件和第二构件可以彼此旋转地锁定,诸如通过联接接口特征的直接接合。第一构件和第二构件可以包括匹配的联接接口特征。联接接口可以在剂量递送操作期间释放。具体地,下文更详细解释的使用信号可以仅在联接接口(例如,递送接合器和/或设定接合器)已改变其状态(例如,从接合变为释放或反之亦然)时和/或在第一构件已相对于第二构件旋转之后生成。In one embodiment, the first member moves (eg rotates and/or moves axially) relative to the second member during a dose setting operation and/or during a dose delivery operation. For example, the first member may rotate relative to the second member during a dose delivery operation. Both the first member and the second member are axially movable during a dose delivery operation. During a dose setting operation and/or a dose delivery operation, the first member may rotate relative to the second member and relative to the housing. During a dose delivery operation, the second member may be rotationally locked or guided relative to the housing, for example by a delivery adapter. The first member and the second member may be rotationally locked relative to each other during a dose setting operation. Thus, the first member and the second member may rotate relative to the housing during a dose setting operation. During a dose setting operation, the first member and the second member may be coupled to each other eg via a coupling interface (eg a setting adapter). The coupling interface may rotationally lock the first member and the second member to each other during a dose setting operation. When the coupling interface is engaged, the first member and the second member may be rotationally locked to each other, such as by direct engagement of a coupling interface feature. The first component and the second component may include matching coupling interface features. The coupling interface is releasable during the dose delivery operation. In particular, the usage signal explained in more detail below may only occur when the coupling interface (e.g., the delivery adapter and/or the setting adapter) has changed its state (e.g., from engaged to released or vice versa) and/or Generated after the first member has been rotated relative to the second member.

在一个实施方案中,在剂量设定操作和剂量递送操作中的仅一个期间,第一构件和第二构件相对于彼此旋转。第一构件和第二构件中的一个可以在两个操作期间相对于壳体旋转。第一构件和第二构件中的一个可以在这些操作中的仅一个期间(例如,在剂量设定期间或在剂量递送期间)相对于壳体旋转。In one embodiment, the first member and the second member rotate relative to each other during only one of the dose setting operation and the dose delivery operation. One of the first member and the second member is rotatable relative to the housing during both operations. One of the first member and the second member may rotate relative to the housing during only one of these operations, eg during dose setting or during dose delivery.

在一个实施方案中,装置或电子系统包括电子控制单元,例如包括微处理器或微控制器。电子控制单元可以被配置成控制药物递送装置或电子系统的操作。电子控制单元可以布置在导体载体上并且与导体载体上的导体导电连接。导体载体可以是电路板,如印刷电路板。导体载体可以固持在系统或装置的用户接口构件的内部中。In one embodiment, the device or electronic system comprises an electronic control unit, eg comprising a microprocessor or microcontroller. The electronic control unit may be configured to control the operation of the drug delivery device or electronic system. The electronic control unit can be arranged on the conductor carrier and be electrically conductively connected to the conductors on the conductor carrier. The conductor carrier may be a circuit board, such as a printed circuit board. The conductor carrier may be held in the interior of a user interface member of a system or device.

在一个实施方案中,装置或电子系统包括电源。电源可以布置在电子系统的内部中,如在用户接口构件的内部中。In one embodiment, the device or electronic system includes a power source. The power supply may be arranged in the interior of the electronic system, such as in the interior of the user interface member.

在一个实施方案中,电子系统具有第一状态和第二状态。所述第一状态和所述第二状态可以是电子系统的不同操作状态。在第一状态下,系统可以处于空闲状态下,在所述空闲状态下,系统不以在剂量设定和/或剂量递送操作期间分配给电子系统的期望功能(例如,剂量记录功能)进行操作。在第二状态下,系统可以准备好以期望功能进行操作,尤其是当在第二状态下正在执行剂量设定操作和/或剂量递送操作时。电子系统在第二状态下所具有的电力消耗相较于第一状态可以有所增加。例如,在第二状态下,电子系统的一个或多个电单元或电子单元可以切换至与第一状态相比功率消耗较高的状态(例如,接通状态),在所述第一状态下,相应单元可以处于功率消耗较低的睡眠状态或例如因为与电源的连接被切断而根本没有功率消耗的断开状态。In one embodiment, an electronic system has a first state and a second state. The first state and the second state may be different operating states of the electronic system. In the first state, the system may be in an idle state in which the system is not operating with a desired function (e.g., a dose recording function) assigned to the electronic system during dose setting and/or dose delivery operations . In the second state, the system may be ready to operate with a desired function, in particular when a dose setting operation and/or a dose delivery operation is being performed in the second state. Compared with the first state, the power consumption of the electronic system in the second state may be increased. For example, in a second state, one or more electrical or electronic units of the electronic system may be switched to a state (for example, an on state) with higher power consumption compared to the first state, in which , the corresponding unit may be in a sleep state with low power consumption or an disconnected state with no power consumption at all, for example because the connection to the power supply is cut off.

在一个实施方案中,电子系统包括电使用检测单元。使用检测单元可以例如以导电方式(如经由导体载体上的导体)操作性地连接至电子控制单元。电使用检测单元可以被配置成生成或触发使用信号(例如,电信号)。使用信号可以指示用户已经开始剂量设定操作或剂量递送操作。开始剂量设定操作或剂量递送操作可以需要第一构件与第二构件之间的相对移动(例如,相对旋转移动)。相应地,使用信号可以仅在剂量设定操作或剂量递送操作已经开始或启动之后生成。以此方式,可以确保,当生成使用信号时,其应该指示的操作(诸如剂量设定操作或剂量递送操作)已经开始。In one embodiment, an electronic system includes a power usage detection unit. The usage detection unit may for example be operatively connected to the electronic control unit in an electrically conductive manner, eg via conductors on the conductor carrier. The electricity usage detection unit may be configured to generate or trigger a usage signal (eg, an electrical signal). The usage signal may indicate to the user that a dose setting operation or a dose delivery operation has been initiated. Initiating a dose setting operation or a dose delivery operation may require relative movement (eg relative rotational movement) between the first member and the second member. Accordingly, the use signal may only be generated after a dose setting operation or a dose delivery operation has been started or initiated. In this way, it can be ensured that when a use signal is generated, the operation it should indicate, such as a dose setting operation or a dose delivery operation, has already started.

在一个实施方案中,电子系统被配置成使得电子系统由电子控制单元响应于使用信号而从第一状态切换至第二状态。相应地,使用信号的生成可能会导致和引起电子系统切换至功率消耗增加的第二状态。电子控制单元可以响应于接收到使用信号而向电子系统的另一个单元发出命令(例如,信号),使得此单元被开启或可操作。此单元可以是运动感测单元,所述运动感测单元被配置成在剂量设定操作和/或剂量递送操作期间测量第一构件相对于第二构件移动了多少。所述移动可以指示当前设定或递送的剂量。In one embodiment, the electronic system is configured such that the electronic system is switched from the first state to the second state by the electronic control unit in response to the use signal. Accordingly, the generation of the usage signal may cause and cause the electronic system to switch to the second state with increased power consumption. The electronic control unit may, in response to receiving the use signal, issue a command (eg, a signal) to another unit of the electronic system such that the unit is turned on or operable. This unit may be a motion sensing unit configured to measure how much the first member has moved relative to the second member during a dose setting operation and/or a dose delivery operation. The movement may indicate the currently set or delivered dose.

在一个实施方案中,使用检测单元被配置成响应于方便地在剂量递送操作期间第一构件与第二构件之间的相对移动(例如,相对旋转移动)而生成使用信号。因此,生成使用信号可以需要第二构件的第一之间的相对移动。这意味着,剂量设定或剂量递送操作实际上正在被执行,并因此很可能是系统在被有意操作。在使用信号仅在剂量递送操作期间(例如,在递送操作已经开始时)生成时,更是如此。In one embodiment, the usage detection unit is configured to generate the usage signal in response to relative movement (eg relative rotational movement) between the first member and the second member, conveniently during a dose delivery operation. Therefore, relative movement between the first and second members may be required to generate the use signal. This means that a dose setting or dose delivery operation is actually being performed and therefore it is likely that the system is being operated intentionally. This is especially the case when the usage signal is only generated during a dose delivery operation, eg when the delivery operation has started.

在一个实施方案中,第一构件是不同于用户接口构件的构件。具体地,第一构件可以不具有旨在由用户触摸以用于操作药物递送装置或系统的任何表面。第一构件可以是药物递送装置或系统的内部构件。第一构件可以被布置在药物递送装置的壳体内。In one embodiment, the first component is a component other than the user interface component. In particular, the first member may not have any surface intended to be touched by a user for operating the drug delivery device or system. The first component may be an internal component of the drug delivery device or system. The first member may be arranged within a housing of the drug delivery device.

在一个实施方案中,剂量设定和/或驱动机构包括剂量构件,例如,数字套筒或拨选套筒。剂量构件可以在剂量设定操作中相对于壳体例如以单位设定增量的整数倍旋转。在剂量设定操作期间,剂量构件可以操作性地联接(例如,旋转地锁定)至用户接口构件和/或第二构件。单位设定增量可以是恒定的角度。因此,单位设定增量可以限定可用剂量设定和/或驱动机构设定的最小剂量。一个单位设定增量可以对应于大于或等于10°的旋转和/或小于或等于20°(例如,15°)的旋转。电子系统可以包括限定单位设定增量的增量改变设定接口。设定接口可以是棘轮接口。例如,棘轮接口可以在剂量构件与壳体之间操作。In one embodiment, the dose setting and/or drive mechanism comprises a dose member, eg a number sleeve or a dial sleeve. The dose member is rotatable relative to the housing during a dose setting operation, eg by integer multiples of unit set increments. The dose member may be operatively coupled (eg rotationally locked) to the user interface member and/or the second member during a dose setting operation. The unit setting increment may be a constant angle. Thus, the unit setting increment may define the minimum dose that can be set by the dose setting and/or drive mechanism. One unit set increment may correspond to a rotation greater than or equal to 10° and/or a rotation less than or equal to 20° (eg, 15°). The electronic system may include an incremental change setting interface defining unit setting increments. The setting interface may be a ratchet interface. For example, a ratchet interface may operate between the dose member and the housing.

在一个实施方案中,本文所讨论的旋转中的一种、多种或全部进行所围绕的旋转轴线可以是壳体的纵向轴线和/或第一构件和/或第二构件在剂量设定和/或剂量递送期间例如相对于壳体旋转所围绕的旋转轴线。In one embodiment, the axis of rotation about which one, more or all of the rotations discussed herein is performed may be the longitudinal axis of the housing and/or the first member and/or the second member at dose setting and and/or an axis of rotation about which to rotate eg relative to the housing during dose delivery.

在一个实施方案中,第一构件和第二构件中的一个是剂量构件。可替代地,第一构件和第二构件不同于剂量构件。In one embodiment, one of the first member and the second member is a dosage member. Alternatively, the first member and the second member are different from the dose member.

在一个实施方案中,第二构件的至少一部分被接收在第一构件内。In one embodiment, at least a portion of the second member is received within the first member.

在一个实施方案中,第一构件和/或第二构件或相应构件的一部分具有套筒状构型。In one embodiment, the first member and/or the second member or a portion of the respective member has a sleeve-like configuration.

在一个实施方案中,电子系统被配置成使得优选地仅在第一构件相对于壳体和/或第二构件的旋转已经开始之后生成使用信号。在第一构件相对于第二构件和/或壳体旋转了两个单位设定增量之前、优选地在第一构件相对于第二构件和/或壳体已旋转了多于一个单位设定增量之前,可以生成使用信号。In one embodiment, the electronic system is configured such that the use signal is preferably generated only after rotation of the first member relative to the housing and/or the second member has started. Before the first member has rotated relative to the second member and/or the housing by two unit setting increments, preferably after the first member has rotated relative to the second member and/or housing by more than one unit setting A usage signal can be generated before the increment.

在一个实施方案中,电子系统被配置成使得在第一构件与第二构件之间的相对旋转达到两个单位设定增量之前、优选地一个单位设定增量之前,电子系统从第一状态至第二状态的切换已经完成。因此,用于将系统切换至较高功率消耗的第二状态的唤醒过程可以快速地完成。这意味着运动感测单元例如可以在剂量设定操作或剂量递送操作启动之后很快地操作。In one embodiment, the electronic system is configured such that the electronic system moves from the first to the second member before the relative rotation between the first member and the second member reaches two unit set increments, preferably one unit set increment. The transition from the state to the second state has been completed. Therefore, the wake-up process for switching the system to the second state with higher power consumption can be completed quickly. This means that the motion sensing unit can eg be operated very soon after a dose setting operation or a dose delivery operation is initiated.

在一个实施方案中,电子系统被配置成使得系统从第一状态到第二状态的切换是在小于或等于以下值之一的时间跨度内完成的:5ms、4ms、3.5ms、3.2ms、3ms、2.8ms、2.7ms、2.5ms(ms:毫秒)。可替代地或另外地,电子系统被配置成使得系统从第一状态到第二状态的切换是在大于或等于以下值之一的时间跨度内完成的:1ms、1.5ms、1.7ms、2.0ms、2.2ms、2.5ms。具体地,系统从第一状态切换到第二状态所需的时间跨度可以在1ms与5ms之间。切换所需的时间跨度可以从使用信号的生成或从用户接口构件的用于执行剂量设定操作或剂量递送操作的移动开始直到运动感测单元和/或通信单元已经变得可操作的时间来确定。In one embodiment, the electronic system is configured such that switching of the system from the first state to the second state is accomplished within a time span less than or equal to one of the following: 5 ms, 4 ms, 3.5 ms, 3.2 ms, 3 ms , 2.8ms, 2.7ms, 2.5ms (ms: milliseconds). Alternatively or additionally, the electronic system is configured such that switching of the system from the first state to the second state is accomplished within a time span greater than or equal to one of the following: 1 ms, 1.5 ms, 1.7 ms, 2.0 ms , 2.2ms, 2.5ms. Specifically, the time span required for the system to switch from the first state to the second state may be between 1 ms and 5 ms. The time span required for switching may start from the generation of the usage signal or from the movement of the user interface member for performing a dose setting operation or a dose delivery operation until the time when the motion sensing unit and/or communication unit has become operable. Sure.

在一个实施方案中,第一构件和第二构件在剂量递送操作期间的相对旋转可以指示在剂量递送操作中正被分配或在剂量设定操作中正被设定的剂量的大小。因此,由于使用信号仅在旋转已经开始之后生成,所以当应从已测量的相对旋转计算剂量时要考虑偏移。所述偏移可以是一个单位设定增量,当需要这个剂量来激活电子系统和尤其是其设定和/或分配的剂量测量和/或记录能力时,必须给测得的剂量添加上所述单位设定增量。In one embodiment, relative rotation of the first member and the second member during a dose delivery operation may be indicative of the size of the dose being dispensed during a dose delivery operation or being set during a dose setting operation. Hence, since the usage signal is only generated after the rotation has started, an offset is taken into account when the dose should be calculated from the measured relative rotation. Said offset may be a unit set increment which must be added to the measured dose when this dose is required to activate the electronic system and in particular its set and/or dispensed dose measuring and/or recording capabilities. Set increments in the units described above.

在一个实施方案中,电子系统包括使用信号生成接口,例如包括棘轮接口(诸如径向棘轮接口或轴向棘轮接口)。使用信号生成接口可以被配置成响应于第一构件与第二构件之间的相对旋转而生成一个或多个使用信号。使用信号生成接口可以被配置成在剂量递送操作期间生成一个(例如,仅一个)或多个使用信号。在生成多于一个使用信号的情况下,优选地,所生成的第一使用信号是用于触发电子系统从第一状态切换至第二状态的信号。使用信号生成接口可以是增量改变接口。使用信号生成增量可以是角度。使用信号生成增量可以被调整为单位设定增量。优选地,使用信号生成增量等于或小于单位设定增量。也就是说,使用信号生成增量的间距和单位设定增量的间距可以相等,或者使用信号生成增量的间距可以较精细。在间距较精细的情况下,一个单位设定增量的旋转可以覆盖多于一个使用信号生成增量。In one embodiment, the electronic system includes a use signal generating interface, eg including a ratchet interface such as a radial ratchet interface or an axial ratchet interface. The usage signal generating interface may be configured to generate one or more usage signals in response to relative rotation between the first member and the second member. The usage signal generation interface may be configured to generate one (eg only one) or more usage signals during a dose delivery operation. In case more than one usage signal is generated, preferably the first generated usage signal is a signal for triggering the electronic system to switch from the first state to the second state. Using a signal generating interface may be an incrementally changing interface. Use a signal to generate deltas that can be angles. Use signal generation increments that can be adjusted to unit setting increments. Preferably, the use signal generation increment is equal to or smaller than the unit set increment. That is, the intervals using signal generation increments and the intervals of unit setting increments may be equal, or the intervals using signal generation increments may be finer. At finer pitches, one unit set increment of rotation can cover more than one using signal generation increment.

在一个实施方案中,电子系统包括使用信号生成接口构件。用于使用信号生成接口的棘轮(例如,具有棘轮齿和/或棘轮凹部)可以设置在使用信号生成接口构件上。棘轮的棘轮齿和/或棘轮凹部可以是轴向或径向定向的。也就是说,齿的自由端可以指向径向方向。使用信号生成接口构件可以是与第一构件和第二构件分开的构件。可替代地,使用信号生成接口构件可以是第一构件和第二构件中的一个,例如,第一构件。使用信号生成接口构件可以旋转地锁定至第一构件和第二构件中的一个。使用信号生成接口构件可以可相对于其例如以有限方式所连接(例如,旋转锁定)的构件轴向移动。使用信号生成接口构件可以轴向地锁定至第一构件和第二构件中的另一个,例如,锁定至第二构件。In one embodiment, an electronic system includes a use signal generating interface component. A ratchet (eg, having ratchet teeth and/or ratchet recesses) for the use signal generation interface may be provided on the use signal generation interface member. The ratchet teeth and/or the ratchet recesses of the ratchet can be oriented axially or radially. That is, the free ends of the teeth may point in a radial direction. The usage signal generating interface component may be a separate component from the first component and the second component. Alternatively, the use signal generation interface component may be one of the first component and the second component, for example, the first component. The signal generating interface member is rotationally lockable to one of the first member and the second member. Using the signal generating interface the member may be axially movable relative to the member to which it is connected eg in a limited manner (eg rotationally locked). Using the signal generating interface the member may be axially lockable to the other of the first member and the second member, eg to the second member.

在一个实施方案中,电子系统或药物递送装置包括可移动的开关特征。开关特征可以可沿着壳体的旋转轴线或主纵向轴线移动和/或可横向于或径向于壳体的旋转轴线或主纵向轴线移动。开关特征可以旋转地锁定至第一构件中的第二构件中的一个,优选锁定至第二构件。开关特征可以被布置成仅径向地、或仅轴向地、或径向地且轴向地移动。开关特征可以是刚性的或优选可弹性地变形的。开关特征可以例如经由使用信号生成接口构件操作性地联接至第一构件和第二构件中的一个构件。例如,开关特征可以接合棘轮(例如,限定使用信号生成增量的棘轮)。开关特征可以操作性地联接至第一构件和/或第二构件,使得第一构件相对于第二构件的旋转引起开关特征相对于第一构件、相对于第二构件和/或相对于壳体的移动。例如,第一构件相对于第二构件、相对于开关特征和/或相对于壳体的旋转可以例如通过开关特征与棘轮之间的操作性联接而转换成开关特征的移动。可替代地,第一构件相对于开关特征的旋转可以移除机械阻挡,所述机械阻挡对开关特征在所述开关特征所偏置的方向上的移动进行阻挡。开关特征的移动可以用于触发使用信号的生成。换句话说,生成使用信号可以需要开关特征响应于第一构件相对于第二构件的移动而进行的移动。例如,为了生成或触发使用信号,开关特征的移动可以用于和/或引起电连接的状态的改变(例如,从断开到闭合,或反之亦然)和/或可以触发电开关。开关特征可以是电绝缘的(例如,塑料的),或者其可以是导电的(例如,金属的)。如果开关特征是导电的,则所述开关特征可以形成电开关(例如,开关的接触特征)的一部分,使之与开关的另一个接触特征电接触,以便生成使用信号。In one embodiment, the electronic system or drug delivery device includes a moveable switch feature. The switch feature may be movable along and/or transverse or radial to the rotational axis or main longitudinal axis of the housing. The switch feature is rotationally lockable to one of the second ones of the first members, preferably to the second member. The switch feature may be arranged to move only radially, or only axially, or both radially and axially. The switch feature can be rigid or preferably elastically deformable. The switch feature may be operatively coupled to one of the first member and the second member, eg, via use of a signal generating interface member. For example, a switch feature may engage a ratchet (eg, define a ratchet that generates increments using a signal). The switch feature may be operatively coupled to the first member and/or the second member such that rotation of the first member relative to the second member causes the switch feature to move relative to the first member, relative to the second member and/or relative to the housing. of the mobile. For example, rotation of the first member relative to the second member, relative to the switch feature and/or relative to the housing may be translated into movement of the switch feature, eg, by an operative coupling between the switch feature and the ratchet. Alternatively, rotation of the first member relative to the switch feature may remove a mechanical stop blocking movement of the switch feature in the direction in which the switch feature is biased. Movement of the switch feature can be used to trigger generation of a usage signal. In other words, generating the use signal may require movement of the switch feature in response to movement of the first member relative to the second member. For example, movement of a switch feature may be used and/or cause a change in state of an electrical connection (eg, from open to closed, or vice versa) and/or may trigger an electrical switch in order to generate or trigger a use signal. The switch feature can be electrically insulating (eg, plastic), or it can be conductive (eg, metallic). If the switch feature is conductive, the switch feature may form part of an electrical switch (eg a contact feature of the switch) brought into electrical contact with another contact feature of the switch to generate the use signal.

在一个实施方案中,开关特征接合棘轮(例如,可以与第一构件或第二构件相关联的棘轮)。例如当开关特征已经从限定在棘轮的两个邻近的棘轮齿之间的棘轮凹部中移位出去时,所述开关特征可以被偏置成与棘轮接合。作用于开关特征的偏置力可以与开关特征的引起使用信号的生成的移动方向相反地作用。为了生成使用信号,开关特征可以例如径向向内移动。在初始状态下,在开始剂量设定操作或剂量递送操作之前,开关特征可以与由邻近的棘轮齿(诸如限定使用信号生成接口的棘轮的齿)限定的棘轮凹部接合。In one embodiment, the switch feature engages a ratchet (eg, a ratchet that may be associated with the first member or the second member). The switch feature may be biased into engagement with the ratchet, for example when the switch feature has been displaced out of a ratchet recess defined between two adjacent ratchet teeth of the ratchet. The biasing force acting on the switch feature may act against the direction of movement of the switch feature causing generation of the usage signal. In order to generate a use signal, the switch feature can eg be moved radially inwards. In an initial state, before commencing a dose setting operation or a dose delivery operation, the switch feature may engage a ratchet recess defined by adjacent ratchet teeth, such as the teeth of the ratchet defining the usage signal generating interface.

在一个实施方案中,在第一构件相对于第二构件移动之前和/或在开始剂量设定操作或剂量递送操作之前,开关特征在偏置力作用下优选被弹性地偏置成与阻挡特征接合。阻挡特征可以阻挡开关特征在偏置力方向上相对于壳体、第一构件和/或第二构件的移动。偏置力可以由例如开关的电接触特征来提供,所述电接触特征在开始剂量设定操作和/或剂量递送操作之前弹性地移位。阻挡特征可以由两个邻近的棘轮凹部之间的棘轮齿来提供。偏置力可以在引起使用信号的生成的移动方向上作用。例如,开关特征与阻挡特征协作可以将开关维持处于断开状态。当阻挡特征从开关特征移除时,偏置可以释放,并且开关可以闭合。为了在剂量设定操作或剂量递送操作开始时生成使用信号,例如,开关特征可以在径向向外的方向上移动。In one embodiment, the switch feature is preferably resiliently biased under a biasing force to align with the blocking feature prior to movement of the first member relative to the second member and/or prior to commencing a dose setting operation or a dose delivery operation. join. The blocking feature may block movement of the switch feature relative to the housing, the first member and/or the second member in the direction of the biasing force. The biasing force may be provided by, for example, an electrical contact feature of a switch that is resiliently displaced prior to commencing a dose setting operation and/or a dose delivery operation. The blocking feature may be provided by ratchet teeth between two adjacent ratchet recesses. The biasing force may act in the direction of movement causing generation of the usage signal. For example, the switch feature cooperates with the blocking feature to maintain the switch in the open state. When the blocking feature is removed from the switch feature, the bias can be released and the switch can be closed. In order to generate a use signal at the start of a dose setting operation or a dose delivery operation, for example, the switch feature may be moved in a radially outward direction.

在一个实施方案中,电子系统或药物递送装置被配置成使得开关特征的移动用于例如通过接触和/或移动开关的触发特征来触发电开关。当开关被触发时,可以生成使用信号。响应于使用信号,电子控制单元可以将电子系统从第一状态切换至第二状态。In one embodiment, the electronic system or drug delivery device is configured such that movement of the switch feature is used to trigger the electrical switch, eg by touching and/or moving the trigger feature of the switch. When the switch is triggered, a use signal may be generated. In response to the use signal, the electronic control unit may switch the electronic system from the first state to the second state.

在一个实施方案中,开关特征是线性引导的。例如,开关特征可以被接收在引导槽中。开关特征可以在其被线性引导时仅线性地(例如,径向地或轴向地)移动。这在触发使用信号时提供了相对简单的移动类型。例如,引导槽可以设置在第二构件中。In one embodiment, the switch feature is linearly guided. For example, switch features may be received in guide slots. The switch feature may only move linearly (eg radially or axially) when it is guided linearly. This provides a relatively simple type of movement when triggered using signals. For example, a guide groove may be provided in the second member.

在一个实施方案中,开关特征特别是沿着旋转轴线轴向定向的,或者特别是相对于旋转轴线径向地或横向地定向的。In one embodiment, the switching feature is oriented in particular axially along the axis of rotation, or in particular radially or transversely with respect to the axis of rotation.

在一个实施方案中,开关特征被枢转地安装,特别是在电子系统或药物递送装置内。引起使用信号的生成的开关特征的移动可以是枢转移动。开关特征可以枢转地安装到第二构件。In one embodiment, the switch feature is pivotally mounted, particularly within an electronic system or drug delivery device. The movement of the switch feature causing generation of the usage signal may be a pivotal movement. The switch feature may be pivotally mounted to the second member.

在一个实施方案中,开关特征在剂量设定操作和/或剂量递送操作中横向于和/或沿着旋转轴线移动,第一构件围绕所述旋转轴线相对于第二构件和/或相对于壳体旋转。In one embodiment, the switch feature moves transversely and/or along an axis of rotation about which the first member is relative to the second member and/or relative to the housing during a dose setting operation and/or a dose delivery operation body rotation.

在一个实施方案中,开关特征是销状的和/或具有主延伸方向。In one embodiment, the switch feature is pin-shaped and/or has a main direction of extension.

在一个实施方案中,开关特征具有U形截面的部分,尤其是当平行于旋转轴线截取截面时。In one embodiment, the switch feature has a portion of U-shaped cross-section, especially when the cross-section is taken parallel to the axis of rotation.

在一个实施方案中,第一构件和第二构件中的一个设有棘轮。开关特征可以被布置成与棘轮机械协作。棘轮可以设置在第一构件上。棘轮可以设置在使用信号生成接口构件上。棘轮可以包括周向地或成角度地设置的棘轮齿。棘轮齿可以在周向方向或角方向上均匀地分布。两个邻近的齿可以由棘轮凹部分开。棘轮齿可以轴向地(例如,向近侧)或径向地(例如,向内地)定向。In one embodiment, one of the first member and the second member is provided with a ratchet. The switch feature may be arranged to cooperate mechanically with the ratchet. A ratchet may be provided on the first member. A ratchet can be provided on the use signal generating interface component. The ratchet may include circumferentially or angularly disposed ratchet teeth. The ratchet teeth can be evenly distributed in the circumferential direction or in the angular direction. Two adjacent teeth may be separated by a ratchet recess. The ratchet teeth may be oriented axially (eg, proximally) or radially (eg, inwardly).

在一个实施方案中,开关特征在其试图与棘轮凹部脱离接合时被偏置成与所述棘轮凹部接合。所述偏置可以由弹性可移位特征和/或开关的电接触特征来提供。In one embodiment, the switch feature is biased into engagement with the ratchet recess as it attempts to disengage said ratchet recess. The biasing may be provided by an elastically displaceable feature and/or an electrical contact feature of the switch.

在一个实施方案中,电子系统或药物递送装置包括多个开关特征,例如,第一开关特征和第二开关特征。开关特征可以被布置成与棘轮协作。开关特征可以径向对齐(例如,成角度地偏移180°)或者可以在不同的径向方向上定向(例如,偏移不同于180°的角度)。开关特征可以被布置成在沿棘轮的不同位置处与棘轮协作。也就是说,这两个开关特征接合棘轮的位置可以彼此成角度地分开,尤其是通过这两个位置之间的多对棘轮齿和棘轮凹部。当第一构件相对于第二构件旋转时,第一开关特征和第二开关特征中的至少一个可以相对于第一构件和/或第二构件移位。优选地,两个开关特征都移位。两个开关特征可以在旋转期间在相同方向上或在不同方向上移位。例如,两个开关特征可以向内(例如,径向地)移位。开关特征可以朝向彼此移位,例如,使得两个开关特征之间的距离(例如,径向距离)减小。替代于在相同方向上移位,一个开关特征可以向外移位并且另一个可以向内移位。In one embodiment, the electronic system or drug delivery device comprises a plurality of switch features, eg a first switch feature and a second switch feature. The switch feature may be arranged to cooperate with the ratchet. The switch features may be radially aligned (eg, angularly offset by 180°) or may be oriented in a different radial direction (eg, offset by an angle other than 180°). The switch feature may be arranged to cooperate with the ratchet at different positions along the ratchet. That is, the locations where the two switch features engage the ratchet can be angularly separated from each other, in particular by pairs of ratchet teeth and ratchet recesses between these two locations. At least one of the first switch feature and the second switch feature may be displaced relative to the first member and/or the second member when the first member is rotated relative to the second member. Preferably, both switching features are displaced. Both switch features can be displaced in the same direction or in different directions during rotation. For example, two switch features may be displaced inwardly (eg, radially). The switch features may be shifted towards each other, eg such that the distance (eg radial distance) between two switch features decreases. Instead of being displaced in the same direction, one switch feature could be displaced outwards and the other inwards.

具有在不同位置处与同一棘轮协作的多个开关特征具有以下优点:可以通过选择与棘轮接合的类型来调节开关特征相对于彼此的相对移动。两个开关特征可以相对于棘轮同相。也就是说,在第一构件相对于第二构件的给定的稳定旋转或角位置中,两个开关特征都接合棘轮凹部或者它们都接合棘轮齿。这具有以下优点:两个齿可以有助于径向移位,并且齿的高度可以减小以实现开关特征的特别期望的相对径向移位。可替代地,两个开关特征可以相对于棘轮异相。也就是说,在第一构件相对于第二构件的给定的稳定旋转或角位置中,开关特征之一接合棘轮齿并且另一个接合棘轮凹部。Having multiple switch features cooperating with the same ratchet at different positions has the advantage that the relative movement of the switch features relative to each other can be adjusted by selecting the type of engagement with the ratchet. The two switch characteristics can be in phase with respect to the ratchet. That is, in a given stable rotational or angular position of the first member relative to the second member, both switch features engage the ratchet recess or they both engage the ratchet teeth. This has the advantage that two teeth can contribute to the radial displacement and the height of the teeth can be reduced to achieve a particularly desired relative radial displacement of the switch features. Alternatively, the two switch features may be out of phase with respect to the ratchet. That is, in a given stable rotational or angular position of the first member relative to the second member, one of the switch features engages the ratchet teeth and the other engages the ratchet recess.

在一个实施方案中,一个可变形的开关特征在不同的位置处与棘轮接合。可变形的开关特征可以接合径向棘轮。第一构件相对于第二构件的旋转可以使得可变形的开关特征的一部分轴向地移位,例如,由于开关特征与棘轮的棘轮齿协作。所述部分的轴向移位可以指向近侧。所述部分的轴向移位可以是相对于棘轮的。轴向移位可以用于触发使用信号的生成。具体地,在轴向移位时,所述部分可以从棘轮突出。开关特征可以是可弹性变形的,使得当弹性变形时,所述开关特征由于弹性恢复力而趋于恢复其原始形状。开关特征可以桥接构件内的自由空间,其中棘轮被开关特征接合。开关特征可以是连续的。在开始剂量设定操作或剂量递送操作之前,可变形的开关特征、特别是其相反末端可以与棘轮的棘轮凹部接合。当第一构件相对于第二构件旋转时,与棘轮齿的接合趋于使开关特征变形(例如,压缩)。这可以导致开关特征的一部分(例如,中央部分)的轴向移位。开关特征可以被配置为叉形件或肘节机构部件。开关特征的所述部分可以在背离棘轮的方向上轴向地移位。In one embodiment, a deformable switch feature engages the ratchet at different positions. A deformable switch feature can engage a radial ratchet. Rotation of the first member relative to the second member may axially displace a portion of the deformable switch feature, eg, due to the switch feature cooperating with ratchet teeth of the ratchet. Axial displacement of the portion may be directed proximally. The axial displacement of the part may be relative to the ratchet. Axial shifts can be used to trigger generation of usage signals. In particular, upon axial displacement, said portion may protrude from the ratchet. The switch feature may be elastically deformable such that when elastically deformed, the switch feature tends to return to its original shape due to elastic restoring forces. The switch feature may bridge the free space within the member where the ratchet is engaged by the switch feature. Switching features can be continuous. The deformable switch feature, in particular its opposite end, may engage with the ratchet recess of the ratchet before commencing a dose setting operation or a dose delivery operation. Engagement with the ratchet teeth tends to deform (eg, compress) the switch feature as the first member rotates relative to the second member. This can result in axial displacement of a portion (eg, central portion) of the switch feature. The switch feature may be configured as a fork or toggle mechanism component. The portion of the switch feature is axially displaceable in a direction away from the ratchet.

在一个实施方案中,开关特征旋转地锁定至第一构件和第二构件中的未设有棘轮的那个构件。In one embodiment, the switch feature is rotationally locked to the one of the first and second members that is not provided with a ratchet.

在一个实施方案中,电子系统或药物递送装置包括运动感测单元。运动感测单元可以是电子单元。运动感测单元可以是光电单元。运动感测单元可以被配置成测量和/或量化第一构件相对于第二构件的移动。编码器部件可以相对于运动感测单元(例如,编码器环)移动。编码器部件可以是或可以连接至第一构件或第二构件、优选地第一构件。编码器部件可以是使用信号生成接口构件。编码器部件可以包括周向间隔开的检测区域,当所述检测区域移动到相对于所述单元的检测位置中时,所述检测区域触发运动感测单元中的信号生成。运动感测单元可以包括至少一个传感器、优选地多个传感器。相应的传感器可以是非接触式的。例如,相应的传感器可以是辐射检测器。运动感测单元可以包括电磁辐射发射器(例如,LED)和辐射检测器。辐射发射器可以朝编码器部件发射辐射,并且辐射检测器可以被布置和配置成检测从编码器部件反射的辐射。在第一状态下,运动感测单元可以是不可操作的或关断的。在所述电子系统的第二状态下,所述运动感测单元可以是可操作的或开启的。用于测量构件的相对移动(诸如用于在分配操作期间确定当前设定的剂量或已分配的剂量)的运动感测单元可以具有特别高的功率消耗。当前设定的剂量或当前分配的剂量可以取决于从相应操作开始起第一构件与第二构件之间的相对移动(例如,旋转)的量。在本公开文本中,运动感测单元可以仅在运动感测单元应操作的相应操作(例如,剂量递送操作和/或剂量设定操作)已经开始之后被激活。电子系统优选地考虑剂量设定操作或剂量递送操作的启动或开始与运动感测单元的可操作性之间的偏移,例如,通过给所确定的剂量添加一个值(例如恒定值,诸如一个单位设定增量或两个单位设定增量)。电子控制单元可以被配置成响应于使用信号而发出命令以使运动感测单元可操作。In one embodiment, the electronic system or drug delivery device comprises a motion sensing unit. The motion sensing unit may be an electronic unit. The motion sensing unit may be a photoelectric unit. The motion sensing unit may be configured to measure and/or quantify movement of the first member relative to the second member. The encoder component is movable relative to the motion sensing unit (eg, an encoder ring). The encoder component may be or may be connected to the first member or the second member, preferably the first member. The encoder component may be a use signal generating interface component. The encoder component may comprise circumferentially spaced detection zones which, when moved into a detection position relative to the unit, trigger signal generation in the motion sensing unit. The motion sensing unit may comprise at least one sensor, preferably a plurality of sensors. Corresponding sensors can be non-contact. For example, corresponding sensors may be radiation detectors. The motion sensing unit may include an electromagnetic radiation emitter (eg, LED) and a radiation detector. The radiation emitter may emit radiation towards the encoder component, and the radiation detector may be arranged and configured to detect radiation reflected from the encoder component. In the first state, the motion sensing unit may be inoperable or switched off. In the second state of the electronic system, the motion sensing unit may be operable or switched on. Motion sensing units used for measuring relative movement of members, such as for determining a currently set or dispensed dose during a dispensing operation, may have particularly high power consumption. The currently set dose or currently dispensed dose may depend on the amount of relative movement (eg rotation) between the first member and the second member since the start of the respective operation. In the present disclosure, the motion sensing unit may only be activated after the corresponding operation on which the motion sensing unit should operate, eg a dose delivery operation and/or a dose setting operation, has started. The electronic system preferably takes into account the offset between the start or start of the dose setting operation or the dose delivery operation and the operability of the motion sensing unit, e.g. by adding a value (e.g. a constant value, such as a unit setting increments or two unit setting increments). The electronic control unit may be configured to issue commands to make the motion sensing unit operable in response to the use signal.

在一个实施方案中,开关特征被配置成当第一构件相对于第二构件旋转时,将电开关的第一电接触特征移动成与电开关的第二电接触特征电接触和/或机械接触。当第一电接触特征与第二电接触特征接触时,可以生成使用信号。在第一构件相对于第二构件的旋转期间,开关特征可以被布置成使第二电接触特征移位。开关特征可以在旋转期间使第一接触特征和第二接触特征两者特别是在相同方向上移位。以此方式,可以实现的是,在所有容差条件下都生成使用信号,因为在已经建立接触之后,两个接触特征一起移动。In one embodiment, the switch feature is configured to move a first electrical contact feature of the electrical switch into electrical and/or mechanical contact with a second electrical contact feature of the electrical switch when the first member is rotated relative to the second member . A use signal may be generated when the first electrical contact feature is in contact with the second electrical contact feature. The switch feature may be arranged to displace the second electrical contact feature during rotation of the first member relative to the second member. The switch feature may displace both the first contact feature and the second contact feature during rotation, in particular in the same direction. In this way, it can be achieved that a usage signal is generated under all tolerance conditions, because after contact has been established, the two contact features move together.

在一个实施方案中,电子系统或药物递送装置包括联接接口(例如,接合器),所述联接接口选择性地旋转锁定第一构件和第二构件。联接接口在被建立时可以旋转地锁定这两个构件并且在被释放时可以容许相对旋转移动。在剂量设定操作中,可以建立联接接口。在剂量递送操作中,可以释放联接接口。In one embodiment, the electronic system or drug delivery device includes a coupling interface (eg, an adapter) that selectively rotationally locks the first member and the second member. The coupling interface can rotationally lock the two components when established and can allow relative rotational movement when released. During a dose setting operation, a coupling interface may be established. During dose delivery operation, the coupling interface can be released.

在一个实施方案中,为了从其中可以执行剂量设定操作的剂量设定和驱动机构的剂量设定构型切换到其中可以执行剂量递送操作的剂量设定和驱动机构的剂量递送构型,第一构件和第二构件可以相对于彼此可轴向移位。轴向移位可以是第二构件相对于第一构件在远侧方向上的移位。在相对轴向移位期间,联接接口的状态可以被切换,例如从建立到释放,或反之亦然。在可以开始剂量递送操作之前,改变联接接口的状态的相对轴向移位可以是强制性的。相对轴向移位可以通过装置或系统的用户接口构件的移动来执行,所述用户接口构件可以连接至第一构件和第二构件中的一个或与这些构件中的一个(例如,剂量或注射按钮)成一体。当用户例如在远侧方向上按压按钮上的表面时,可以实现轴向移位。换句话说,在剂量设定操作中和在剂量递送操作中,第一构件和第二构件可以相对于彼此具有不同的轴向位置。In one embodiment, to switch from a dose setting configuration of the dose setting and drive mechanism in which dose setting operations can be performed to a dose delivery configuration of the dose setting and drive mechanism in which dose delivery operations can be performed, the first The first member and the second member may be axially displaceable relative to each other. The axial displacement may be a displacement of the second member in a distal direction relative to the first member. During the relative axial displacement, the state of the coupling interface may be switched, for example from established to released, or vice versa. The relative axial displacement changing the state of the coupling interface may be mandatory before the dose delivery operation can start. Relative axial displacement may be performed by movement of a user interface member of the device or system, which may be connected to one of the first and second members or connected to one of these members (e.g., dose or injection button) into one. Axial displacement may be achieved when the user depresses a surface on the button, for example in a distal direction. In other words, the first member and the second member may have different axial positions relative to each other in a dose setting operation and in a dose delivery operation.

在一个实施方案中,棘轮(例如,在使用信号生成接口构件中的棘轮)被设计成容许第一构件与第二构件之间在两个相反方向上或仅在一个方向上的相对旋转。换句话说,棘轮可以是单向的或双向的。在提供单向棘轮的情况下,棘轮可以提供抵抗或防止第一构件相对于第二构件在当处于剂量递送构型时(例如,当第二构件相对于第一构件已轴向移位时)将增加设定剂量的方向上的旋转的阻力。In one embodiment, the ratchet (eg, in the use signal generating interface member) is designed to allow relative rotation between the first member and the second member in two opposite directions or in only one direction. In other words, ratchets can be one-way or two-way. Where a one-way ratchet is provided, the ratchet may provide resistance or prevent movement of the first member relative to the second member when in the dose delivery configuration (e.g. when the second member has been axially displaced relative to the first member) The resistance to rotation in the direction of the set dose will be increased.

在一个实施方案中,使用信号的生成与用户接口构件或第二构件相对于第一构件的轴向位置的变化无关。也就是说,仅按压用户接口构件不会导致使用信号生成。而是,需要第一构件相对于第二构件的旋转移动来生成使用信号。In one embodiment, the use signal is generated independently of changes in the axial position of the user interface member or the second member relative to the first member. That is, merely pressing the user interface member does not result in a usage signal being generated. Instead, rotational movement of the first member relative to the second member is required to generate the use signal.

在剂量设定构型中和/或在剂量递送构型中,开关特征与棘轮(例如,使用信号生成接口构件中的棘轮)之间的相对关系或位置可以是不同的和/或变化的。The relative relationship or position between the switch feature and the ratchet (eg, using the ratchet in the signal generating interface member) may be different and/or varied in the dose setting configuration and/or in the dose delivery configuration.

例如,开关特征可以仅在剂量设定操作或剂量递送操作的初始阶段中、特别是在第一构件与第二构件之间的相对轴向移动完成之前接合棘轮。以此方式,在已经生成使用信号之后,开关特征可以与棘轮脱离接合,并且例如以相应较小的摩擦损失接合平面表面,这可以导致操作装置所需的扭矩或力较小。因此,开关特征可以接合棘轮,并且可以在已经完成初始相对旋转以生成使用信号之后(例如,在已经开始剂量递送操作之后)与所述棘轮脱离接合。在已经完成操作(例如,剂量递送操作)之后,开关特征可以例如通过弹簧来与棘轮重新接合。所述弹簧可以是联接弹簧,所述联接弹簧在第一构件与第二构件之间重新建立接合器接口。For example, the switch feature may only engage the ratchet during an initial phase of a dose setting operation or a dose delivery operation, in particular before relative axial movement between the first and second members is complete. In this way, after the use signal has been generated, the switch feature can be disengaged from the ratchet and eg engage the planar surface with correspondingly less frictional losses, which can result in less torque or force required to operate the device. Thus, the switch feature may engage the ratchet and may disengage said ratchet after an initial relative rotation has been completed to generate the use signal (eg after a dose delivery operation has commenced). After an operation (eg a dose delivery operation) has been completed, the switch feature may be re-engaged with the ratchet, eg by a spring. The spring may be a coupling spring that re-establishes the adapter interface between the first member and the second member.

在一个实施方案中,在第一状态下(例如,在生成使用信号之前)的功率消耗、特别是最大功率消耗可以小于或等于以下值之一:300nA、250nA、200nA(nA:毫微安)。可替代地或另外地,在第二状态下,功率消耗、特别是最小功率消耗可以大于或等于以下值之一:0.5mA、0.6mA、0.8mA(mA:毫安)。差异可以由运动感测单元和/或通信单元的功率消耗引起,所述运动感测单元和/或通信单元可以在电子系统的第二状态下是活动的或可操作的并且在电子系统的第一状态下是关断的或处于睡眠状态。In one embodiment, the power consumption, in particular the maximum power consumption, in the first state (eg, before generating the use signal) may be less than or equal to one of the following values: 300nA, 250nA, 200nA (nA: nanoamperes) . Alternatively or additionally, in the second state, the power consumption, in particular the minimum power consumption, may be greater than or equal to one of the following values: 0.5mA, 0.6mA, 0.8mA (mA: milliampere). The difference may be caused by the power consumption of the motion sensing unit and/or the communication unit which may be active or operable in the second state of the electronic system and in the first state of the electronic system. One state is off or in sleep state.

在一个实施方案中,运动感测单元当活动时(例如,在系统的第二状态下)可以可操作以收集与第一构件和第二构件的相对移动有关的运动数据或测量数据。电子控制单元可以被配置成将这种数据转换成剂量数据,例如在相应操作中已经设定或已经递送的剂量大小的表征。剂量数据可以从测量数据计算。通信单元可以被配置成将剂量数据传输至外部单元,例如,移动电话、平板电脑或个人计算机。In one embodiment, the motion sensing unit may be operable when active (eg, in the second state of the system) to collect motion data or measurement data related to the relative movement of the first member and the second member. The electronic control unit may be configured to convert such data into dose data, for example an indication of the dose size that has been set or delivered in the respective operation. Dosage data can be calculated from measurement data. The communication unit may be configured to transmit dose data to an external unit, eg a mobile phone, tablet or personal computer.

在一个实施方案中,第一构件与第二构件之间的相对移动的量或距离是剂量设定操作中当前设定的剂量或剂量递送操作中当前分配的剂量的表征。递送的剂量的大小可以通过剂量设定和/或驱动机构的活塞杆在剂量递送操作期间相对于壳体向远侧移位的距离来确定或对应于所述距离。In one embodiment, the amount or distance of relative movement between the first member and the second member is indicative of a currently set dose in a dose setting operation or a currently dispensed dose in a dose delivery operation. The size of the delivered dose may be determined by or correspond to the distance by which the piston rod of the drive mechanism is displaced distally relative to the housing during a dose delivery operation by the dose setting and/or said distance.

在一个实施方案中,在第二状态下的功率消耗P2可以大于或等于以下值中的至少一个:2*P1、3*P1、4*P1、5*P1、10*P1、20*P1、30*P1、40*P1、50*P1、100*P1、500*P1、1000*P1、2000*P1、5000*P1、10000*P1,其中P1是第一状态下的功率消耗。在第二状态下,运动感测单元可以是活动的和/或是通信单元(例如,用于无线通信)。In one embodiment, the power consumption P2 in the second state may be greater than or equal to at least one of the following values: 2*P1, 3*P1, 4*P1, 5*P1, 10*P1, 20*P1, 30*P1, 40*P1, 50*P1, 100*P1, 500*P1, 1000*P1, 2000*P1, 5000*P1, 10000*P1, where P1 is the power consumption in the first state. In the second state, the motion sensing unit may be active and/or a communication unit (eg, for wireless communication).

在一个实施方案中,电子系统可以被配置成使得其在经过预定时间之后被切换回功率消耗较低的第一状态。In one embodiment, the electronic system may be configured such that it is switched back to the first, lower power consumption state after a predetermined time has elapsed.

在一个实施方案中,药物递送装置包括具有药物的储器或配置成接收具有药物的储器的储器固持器。药物可以是液体药物。储器可以包括足以递送多个剂量的药物量。储器可以包括足以递送多个最大可设定剂量的药物量。储器可以是药筒。装置可以是用于由用户(例如,经医学训练或未经训练的用户,诸如患者)自行施用的装置。装置可以是笔型装置。装置可以是基于针的装置或者可以是无针的。药物递送装置可以是可重复使用的装置和/或电子系统可以是可重复使用的电子系统。具体地,电子系统优选地被设计成与多个一次性药物递送装置一起使用或者在可重复使用的药物递送装置(其中一旦储器已被排空就提供一个或多个替换储器)中使用。药物递送装置可以是随身携带或便携式的装置。因此,装置可以是由用户携带到可能远程的位置的装置,并且因此装置可以不被配置成连接至电源。In one embodiment, the drug delivery device comprises a reservoir with drug or a reservoir holder configured to receive the reservoir with drug. The medicine can be a liquid medicine. The reservoir may contain an amount of drug sufficient to deliver multiple doses. The reservoir may contain an amount of drug sufficient to deliver a plurality of maximum settable doses. The reservoir may be a cartridge. The device may be a device for self-administration by a user (eg, a medically trained or untrained user such as a patient). The device may be a pen-type device. The device may be a needle-based device or may be needle-free. The drug delivery device may be a reusable device and/or the electronic system may be a reusable electronic system. In particular, the electronic system is preferably designed for use with multiple disposable drug delivery devices or in reusable drug delivery devices where one or more replacement reservoirs are provided once the reservoir has been emptied. . The drug delivery device may be a body worn or portable device. Thus, the device may be a device that is carried by a user to a possibly remote location, and thus the device may not be configured to be connected to a power source.

应注意,上文和下文结合不同实施方案和/或方面公开的特征可以彼此结合,并且也可以与其他方面或实施方案的其他特征结合。It should be noted that features disclosed above and below in connection with different embodiments and/or aspects may be combined with each other and also with other features of other aspects or embodiments.

在一个特别有利的实施方案中,提供了一种用于药物递送装置的电子系统,所述电子系统包括:In a particularly advantageous embodiment, there is provided an electronic system for a drug delivery device comprising:

-剂量设定和驱动机构,所述剂量设定和驱动机构被配置成执行用于设定待由药物递送装置递送的剂量的剂量设定操作以及用于递送所设定的剂量的剂量递送操作,- a dose setting and drive mechanism configured to perform a dose setting operation for setting a dose to be delivered by the drug delivery device and a dose delivery operation for delivering the set dose ,

剂量设定和驱动机构包括第一构件和第二构件,其中剂量设定和驱动机构被配置成使得,在剂量递送操作中和/或在剂量设定操作中,第一构件相对于第二构件移动(例如,旋转和/或轴向移动);The dose setting and drive mechanism comprises a first member and a second member, wherein the dose setting and drive mechanism is configured such that, in a dose delivery operation and/or in a dose setting operation, the first member is relatively movement (for example, rotation and/or axial movement);

-电子控制单元,所述电子控制单元被配置成控制电子系统的操作,电子系统具有第一状态和第二状态,其中电子系统在第二状态下所具有的电力消耗相较于第一状态有所增加;- An electronic control unit configured to control the operation of an electronic system having a first state and a second state, wherein the electronic system has a power consumption in the second state compared to the first state increased;

-电使用检测单元,所述电使用检测单元操作性地连接至电子控制单元,电使用检测单元被配置成生成使用信号,所述使用信号指示用户已经开始剂量设定操作或剂量递送操作,其中- an electricity usage detection unit operatively connected to the electronic control unit, the electricity usage detection unit being configured to generate a usage signal indicating that the user has initiated a dose setting operation or a dose delivery operation, wherein

电子系统被配置成使得所述电子系统由电子控制单元响应于使用信号而从第一状态切换至第二状态,并且其中The electronic system is configured such that the electronic system is switched from the first state to the second state by the electronic control unit in response to the usage signal, and wherein

电使用检测单元被配置成响应于优选地在剂量递送操作期间第一构件与第二构件之间的相对移动(例如,相对旋转移动)而生成使用信号。The electrical usage detection unit is configured to generate a usage signal in response to relative movement (eg relative rotational movement) between the first member and the second member, preferably during a dose delivery operation.

进一步的方面、实施方案和优点将从以下结合附图对示例性实施方案的描述中变得显而易见。Further aspects, embodiments and advantages will become apparent from the following description of exemplary embodiments taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1示出了药物递送装置的实施方案。Figure 1 shows an embodiment of a drug delivery device.

图2示出了根据另一个实施方案的药物递送装置的近端。Figure 2 shows the proximal end of a drug delivery device according to another embodiment.

图3A示出了在致动注射按钮之后图2的注射装置的近端。Figure 3A shows the proximal end of the injection device of Figure 2 after actuation of the injection button.

图3B示出了在致动注射按钮之后图2的注射装置的截面视图。Figure 3B shows a cross-sectional view of the injection device of Figure 2 after actuation of the injection button.

图4是图2的装置的放大截面视图。FIG. 4 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the device of FIG. 2 .

图5是第一类型的编码器系统的立面侧视图。Figure 5 is an elevational side view of a first type of encoder system.

图6是图5中所示的编码器系统的平面视图。FIG. 6 is a plan view of the encoder system shown in FIG. 5 .

图7是装置控制器的示意性框图。Fig. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a device controller.

图8A是在致动注射按钮之前装置的近端的截面视图。Figure 8A is a cross-sectional view of the proximal end of the device prior to actuation of the injection button.

图8B是在部分致动注射按钮期间装置的近端的截面视图。8B is a cross-sectional view of the proximal end of the device during partial actuation of the injection button.

图8C是在完全致动注射按钮期间装置的近端的截面视图。Figure 8C is a cross-sectional view of the proximal end of the device during full actuation of the injection button.

图9是第二类型的编码器系统的立面侧视图。Figure 9 is an elevational side view of a second type of encoder system.

图10是图9中所示的编码器系统的平面视图。FIG. 10 is a plan view of the encoder system shown in FIG. 9 .

图11展示了格雷码输出。Figure 11 shows the Gray code output.

图12是编码器系统的局部平面视图。Figure 12 is a partial plan view of the encoder system.

图13是编码器系统的局部平面视图。Figure 13 is a partial plan view of the encoder system.

图14是第三类型的编码器系统的立面侧视图。Figure 14 is an elevational side view of a third type of encoder system.

图15A是编码器系统的局部平面视图。Figure 15A is a partial plan view of the encoder system.

图15B是编码器系统的局部平面视图。Figure 15B is a partial plan view of the encoder system.

图16是第四类型的编码器系统的立面侧视图。Figure 16 is an elevational side view of a fourth type of encoder system.

图17是第五类型的编码器系统的立面侧视图。Figure 17 is an elevational side view of a fifth type of encoder system.

图18A是第六类型的编码器系统的平面视图。Fig. 18A is a plan view of a sixth type of encoder system.

图18B是第七类型的编码器系统的平面视图。Fig. 18B is a plan view of a seventh type of encoder system.

图19A是示出从各种实施方案获得的示波器轨迹的屏幕截图。Figure 19A is a screenshot showing oscilloscope traces obtained from various embodiments.

图19B是图19A的屏幕截图的特写视图。Figure 19B is a close-up view of the screenshot of Figure 19A.

图20示意性地展示了用于药物递送装置的电子系统的实施方案。Figure 20 schematically illustrates an embodiment of an electronic system for a drug delivery device.

图21展示了电子系统并且特别是其用于生成使用信号的使用检测单元的实施方案。Figure 21 illustrates an embodiment of an electronic system and in particular its usage detection unit for generating a usage signal.

图22展示了电子系统并且特别是其用于生成使用信号的使用检测单元的另一个实施方案。Figure 22 illustrates another embodiment of the electronic system and in particular its usage detection unit for generating a usage signal.

图23展示了电子系统并且特别是其用于生成使用信号的使用检测单元的另一个实施方案。Figure 23 illustrates another embodiment of the electronic system and in particular its usage detection unit for generating a usage signal.

图24展示了电子系统并且特别是其用于生成使用信号的使用检测单元的另一个实施方案。Figure 24 illustrates another embodiment of the electronic system and in particular its usage detection unit for generating a usage signal.

图25A和图25B展示了电子系统并且特别是其用于生成使用信号的使用检测单元的另一个实施方案。25A and 25B illustrate another embodiment of the electronic system and in particular its usage detection unit for generating a usage signal.

图26A和图26B展示了电子系统并且特别是其用于生成使用信号的使用检测单元的另一个实施方案。Figures 26A and 26B illustrate another embodiment of the electronic system and in particular its usage detection unit for generating a usage signal.

图27展示了电子系统并且特别是其用于生成使用信号的使用检测单元的另一个实施方案。Figure 27 illustrates another embodiment of the electronic system and in particular its usage detection unit for generating a usage signal.

图28展示了电子系统并且特别是其用于生成使用信号的使用检测单元的另一个实施方案。Figure 28 illustrates another embodiment of the electronic system and in particular its usage detection unit for generating a usage signal.

图29展示了电子系统并且特别是其用于生成使用信号的使用检测单元的另一个实施方案。Figure 29 illustrates another embodiment of the electronic system and in particular its usage detection unit for generating a usage signal.

图30展示了电子系统并且特别是其用于生成使用信号的使用检测单元的另一个实施方案。Figure 30 illustrates another embodiment of the electronic system and in particular its usage detection unit for generating a usage signal.

图31A至图31E展示了电子系统并且特别是其用于生成使用信号的使用检测单元的实施方案。31A-31E illustrate an embodiment of an electronic system and in particular its usage detection unit for generating a usage signal.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

在附图中,相同的元件、相同作用的元件、或相同种类的元件可以设有相同的附图标记。In the figures, identical elements, identically acting elements, or elements of the same kind may be provided with the same reference signs.

在下文中,将参照胰岛素注射装置来描述一些实施方案。然而,本公开文本不限于这样的应用,并且可以同样良好地与被配置成排射其他药剂的注射装置或一般而言的药物递送装置(优选地笔式装置和/或注射装置)一起部署。In the following, some embodiments will be described with reference to an insulin injection device. However, the present disclosure is not limited to such applications and may equally well be deployed with injection devices configured to eject other medicaments or drug delivery devices in general (preferably pen devices and/or injection devices).

提供了关于注射装置、特别是关于可变剂量注射装置的实施方案,所述可变剂量注射装置记录和/或跟踪关于由此递送的剂量的数据。这些数据可以包括选定剂量的大小和/或实际递送的剂量的大小、施用的时间和日期、施用的持续时间等。本文所述的特征包括感测元件的布置和功率管理技术(例如,以便于小型电池和/或实现有效的功率使用)。Embodiments are provided in relation to injection devices, in particular in relation to variable dose injection devices, which record and/or track data regarding doses delivered thereby. These data can include the size of the dose selected and/or the size of the dose actually delivered, the time and date of administration, the duration of administration, and the like. Features described herein include placement of sensing elements and power management techniques (eg, to facilitate small batteries and/or achieve efficient power usage).

关于其中注射按钮和握把(剂量设定构件或剂量设定器)结合的Sanofi的

Figure BDA0003863856570000091
注射装置说明了本文献中的某些实施方案。注射按钮可以提供用于启动和/或执行药物递送装置的剂量递送操作的用户接口构件。握把或旋钮可以提供用于启动和/或执行剂量设定操作的用户接口构件。两个装置均为拨选延伸类型,即,它们的长度在剂量设定期间增加。在剂量设定和剂量排出操作模式期间,具有拨选延伸部和按钮的相同运动学行为的其他注射装置已知为例如由Eli Lilly出售的
Figure BDA0003863856570000101
Figure BDA0003863856570000102
装置和由NovoNordisk出售的
Figure BDA0003863856570000103
Figure BDA0003863856570000104
装置。因此,将一般原理应用于这些装置显得简单明了,并且将省略进一步的解释。然而,本公开文本的一般原理不限于所述运动学行为。可以设想某些其他实施方案以应用于Sanofi的
Figure BDA0003863856570000105
注射装置,其中存在单独的注射按钮和握把部件/剂量设定构件。因此,可以存在两个单独的用户接口构件:一个用于剂量设定操作;并且一个用于剂量递送操作。Regarding Sanofi's in which the injection button and the grip (dose setting member or dose setter) are combined
Figure BDA0003863856570000091
Injection devices illustrate certain embodiments in this document. The injection button may provide a user interface member for initiating and/or performing a dose delivery operation of the drug delivery device. The grip or knob may provide a user interface member for initiating and/or performing dose setting operations. Both devices are of the dial extension type, ie their length increases during dose setting. Other injection devices with the same kinematic behavior of the dial extension and button during the dose setting and dose expelling modes of operation are known, for example as sold by Eli Lilly
Figure BDA0003863856570000101
or
Figure BDA0003863856570000102
device and sold by NovoNordisk
Figure BDA0003863856570000103
or
Figure BDA0003863856570000104
device. Therefore, it appears straightforward to apply the general principles to these devices, and further explanation will be omitted. However, the general principles of the present disclosure are not limited to the kinematic behavior described. Certain other implementations can be envisaged for application to Sanofi's
Figure BDA0003863856570000105
An injection device in which there are separate injection button and handle parts/dose setting members. Thus, there may be two separate user interface members: one for dose setting operations; and one for dose delivery operations.

“远侧”在本文用于指明被布置成或待被布置成面朝或指向药物递送装置或其部件的分配端和/或向外指向、待被布置成背向或背对近端的方向、一端或表面。另一方面,“近侧”用于指明被布置或待被布置成背向或背对药物递送装置或其部件的分配端和/或远端的方向、一端或表面。远端可以是最靠近分配端和/或最远离近端的一端,并且近端可以是最远离分配端的一端。近侧表面可以背向远端和/或面朝近端。远侧表面可以面朝远端和/或背向近端。例如,分配端可以是针单元被安装到或待被安装到装置的针端。"Distal" is used herein to designate a direction that is or is to be arranged facing or pointing towards the dispensing end of the drug delivery device or a component thereof and/or points outwards, is to be arranged facing or facing away from the proximal end , an end, or a surface. On the other hand, "proximal" is used to designate a direction, an end or a surface which is or is to be arranged facing or facing away from the dispensing end and/or the distal end of the drug delivery device or a component thereof. The distal end may be the end closest to the dispensing end and/or furthest from the proximal end, and the proximal end may be the end furthest from the dispensing end. The proximal surface can face away from the distal end and/or face proximally. The distal surface can face distally and/or away from proximally. For example, the dispensing end may be the needle end to which the needle unit is mounted or to be mounted to the device.

图1是药剂递送装置或药物递送装置的分解视图。在此例子中,药剂递送装置是注射装置1,例如,笔型注射器。Figure 1 is an exploded view of a drug delivery device or drug delivery device. In this example, the drug delivery device is an injection device 1 , eg a pen-type injector.

图1的注射装置1是注射笔,所述注射笔包括壳体10并且包含例如容器14(例如,胰岛素容器)或用于这种容器的接收座。容器可以包含药物。针15可以附连到容器或接收座。容器可以是药筒,并且接收座可以是药筒保持器。针由内针帽16以及外针帽17或另一个帽18保护。待从注射装置1中排射的胰岛素剂量可以通过转动剂量旋钮12进行设定、预设或“拨入”,然后经由剂量窗口13显示(例如以单位的倍数显示)当前预设或设定的剂量。在窗口中显示的标记可以设置在数字套筒或者拨选套筒上。例如,在注射装置1被配置成施用人胰岛素的情况下,剂量可以以所谓的国际单位(IU)显示,其中一个IU是约45.5微克纯结晶胰岛素(1/22mg)的生物学当量。注射装置中可以采用其他单位以用于递送胰岛素类似物或其他药剂。应当注意,选定剂量可以以与图1中的剂量窗口13中所示不同的方式同样良好地显示。The injection device 1 of Fig. 1 is an injection pen comprising a housing 10 and containing eg a container 14 (eg an insulin container) or a receptacle for such a container. The container can contain a drug. Needle 15 may be attached to a container or receptacle. The container may be a cartridge and the receptacle may be a cartridge holder. The needle is protected by an inner needle cap 16 and an outer needle cap 17 or another cap 18 . The dose of insulin to be expelled from the injection device 1 can be set, preset or "dial-in" by turning the dose knob 12 and then displaying (eg in multiples of the unit) the currently preset or set dose via the dose window 13 dose. The indicia displayed in the window can be provided on the number sleeve or the dial sleeve. For example, where the injection device 1 is configured to administer human insulin, the dosage may be expressed in so-called International Units (IU), where one IU is the biological equivalent of approximately 45.5 micrograms of pure crystalline insulin (1/22 mg). Other units may be employed in the injection device for delivery of insulin analogs or other pharmaceutical agents. It should be noted that the selected dose can equally well be displayed in a different way than shown in the dose window 13 in FIG. 1 .

剂量窗口13可以呈壳体10中的孔口的形式,其容许用户查看拨选套筒70的有限部分,所述拨选套筒被配置成当转动剂量旋钮12时移动,以提供当前编程剂量的视觉指示。当在编程期间被转动时,剂量旋钮12相对于壳体10在螺旋路径上旋转。The dose window 13 may be in the form of an aperture in the housing 10 which allows the user to view a limited portion of the dial sleeve 70 which is configured to move when the dose knob 12 is turned to provide the currently programmed dose. visual indication. When turned during programming, dose knob 12 rotates in a helical path relative to housing 10 .

在此例子中,剂量旋钮12包括一个或多个构造71a、71b、71c以便于数据收集装置的附接。In this example, the dose knob 12 includes one or more formations 71a, 71b, 71c to facilitate attachment of a data collection device.

注射装置1可以被配置成使得转动剂量旋钮12引起机械咔嗒声以向用户提供声学反馈。在此实施方案中,剂量旋钮或剂量按钮12还用作注射按钮11。在将针15刺入患者的皮肤部分中,并且然后在轴向方向上推动剂量旋钮12/注射按钮11时,将从注射装置1排射在显示窗口13中显示的胰岛素剂量。在推动剂量旋钮12到正确的位置之后注射装置1的针15在皮肤部分中保留一定时间时,剂量被注射到患者体内。胰岛素剂量的排射还可以引起机械咔嗒声,然而其与在剂量的拨选期间旋转剂量旋钮12时产生的声音不同。The injection device 1 may be configured such that turning the dose knob 12 causes a mechanical click to provide acoustic feedback to the user. In this embodiment the dose knob or button 12 also serves as the injection button 11 . When the needle 15 is pierced into the patient's skin part, and then the dose knob 12/injection button 11 is pushed in the axial direction, the insulin dose displayed in the display window 13 will be ejected from the injection device 1 . A dose is injected into the patient when the needle 15 of the injection device 1 remains in the skin part for a certain time after pushing the dose knob 12 to the correct position. The ejection of an insulin dose may also cause a mechanical click, however this is different from the sound produced when the dose knob 12 is turned during dialing of a dose.

在此实施方案中,在胰岛素剂量的递送期间,剂量旋钮12在轴向移动中返回到其初始位置(不旋转),同时拨选套筒70旋转返回到其初始位置,例如显示零单位的剂量。如已经指出的,本公开文本不限于胰岛素,而是应当涵盖药物容器14中的所有药物,尤其是液体药物或药物制剂。In this embodiment, during the delivery of an insulin dose, the dose knob 12 returns in axial movement to its original position (without rotation), while the dial sleeve 70 rotates back to its original position, e.g. showing a dose of zero units . As already indicated, the present disclosure is not limited to insulin, but should cover all drugs in the drug container 14, especially liquid drugs or drug preparations.

注射装置1可以用于若干次注射过程,直至胰岛素容器14排空或注射装置1中的药剂到达失效日期(例如,首次使用后28天)为止。The injection device 1 can be used for several injection procedures until the insulin container 14 is empty or the medicament in the injection device 1 reaches an expiration date (eg 28 days after first use).

此外,在首次使用注射装置1之前,可能需要进行所谓的“准备注射”以确保流体正从胰岛素容器14和针15正确地流动,例如通过选择两个单位胰岛素并在保持注射装置1的针15朝上的同时按压剂量旋钮12来进行。为便于呈现,在下文中,将假设排射量基本上对应于注射剂量,使得例如从注射装置1排射的药剂量等于由用户接收的剂量。Furthermore, before using the injection device 1 for the first time, it may be necessary to perform a so-called "preparation injection" to ensure that the fluid is flowing correctly from the insulin container 14 and the needle 15, for example by selecting two units of insulin and holding the injection device 1 on the needle 15. Do this by pressing the dose knob 12 upwards. For the sake of presentation, in the following it will be assumed that the ejected amount substantially corresponds to the injected dose, so that eg the amount of medicine ejected from the injection device 1 is equal to the dose received by the user.

如上文所解释的,剂量旋钮12还用作注射按钮11,使得同一部件用于拨选/设定剂量和分配/递送剂量。As explained above, the dose knob 12 also serves as the injection button 11, so that the same part is used for dialing/setting the dose and dispensing/delivering the dose.

图2、图3A和图3B示出了根据第二实施方案的装置2的近端。装置2包括握把205和注射按钮210。与图1中所示的装置1不同,注射按钮210与握把205分开,所述握把用于拨选剂量。拨选套筒70和注射按钮210部分地位于握把205的内部。握把205和拨选套筒70在功能上可以被视为同一部件的元件。实际上,握把205和拨选套筒70出于组装原因仅可能是单独的部件。除了本文所述的差异之外,图2中所示的装置2以与图1中所示的装置1基本相同的方式操作。Figures 2, 3A and 3B show the proximal end of a device 2 according to a second embodiment. The device 2 includes a handle 205 and an injection button 210 . Unlike the device 1 shown in Figure 1, the injection button 210 is separate from the handle 205 which is used to dial the dose. Dial sleeve 70 and injection button 210 are located partially inside handle 205 . The grip 205 and the dial sleeve 70 can be considered functionally as elements of the same part. In practice, the grip 205 and dial sleeve 70 could only be separate parts for assembly reasons. Apart from the differences described herein, the device 2 shown in Figure 2 operates in substantially the same way as the device 1 shown in Figure 1 .

与装置1类似,拨选套筒70、握把205和注射按钮210从装置2呈螺旋状延伸。在剂量拨选操作模式期间(如图2中所示),注射按钮210与拨选套筒70之间没有相对旋转。通过相对于装置2的其余部分旋转握把205(由此也旋转拨选套筒70和注射按钮210)来拨选剂量。Similar to device 1 , dial sleeve 70 , handle 205 and injection button 210 extend helically from device 2 . During the dose dial mode of operation (as shown in FIG. 2 ), there is no relative rotation between the injection button 210 and the dial sleeve 70 . The dose is dialed by rotating the handle 205 (and thus also the dial sleeve 70 and injection button 210 ) relative to the rest of the device 2 .

为了启动药剂分配,如图3A和图3B中所示,轴向地按压注射按钮210。此动作将装置2的模式改变为分配模式。在分配模式中,拨选套筒70和握把部件205沿着螺旋路径缩回到装置2的其余部分中,而注射按钮210不旋转并且仅以轴向运动缩回。由此,在分配模式中,注射按钮210脱离接合,导致注射按钮210相对于拨选套筒70相对旋转。注射按钮210相对于拨选套筒70的这种脱离接合是由结合图8A至图8C更详细描述的接合器布置或接口引起的。To initiate the dispensing of the medicament, the injection button 210 is pressed axially as shown in Figures 3A and 3B. This action changes the mode of the device 2 to dispense mode. In dispense mode, the dial sleeve 70 and handle member 205 are retracted along a helical path into the rest of the device 2, while the injection button 210 does not rotate and is retracted only with an axial movement. Thus, in the dispense mode, the injection button 210 is disengaged, resulting in relative rotation of the injection button 210 relative to the dial sleeve 70 . This disengagement of the injection button 210 relative to the dial sleeve 70 is caused by the adapter arrangement or interface described in more detail in connection with FIGS. 8A-8C .

图4是在已经按压注射按钮210之后图3中所示的装置2的近端的特写截面视图。如图4中所示,注射按钮210被配置为两个单独的子部件,即,远侧或下部按钮部分210a和近侧或上部按钮部分210b。可以通过这种方式配置注射按钮210以辅助组装过程。远侧按钮部分210a和近侧按钮部分210b可以被固定在一起并且在功能上用作单个部件,即,注射按钮210。Figure 4 is a close-up cross-sectional view of the proximal end of the device 2 shown in Figure 3 after the injection button 210 has been pressed. As shown in Figure 4, the injection button 210 is configured as two separate sub-components, namely a distal or lower button portion 210a and a proximal or upper button portion 210b. Injection button 210 may be configured in this manner to aid in the assembly process. Distal button portion 210a and proximal button portion 210b may be secured together and functionally function as a single component, ie, injection button 210 .

包括一个或多个传感器的传感器布置215被安装在注射按钮210中,所述传感器布置被配置成感测拨选套筒70相对于注射按钮210的相对旋转位置。这种相对旋转可以等同于所分配的剂量大小,并且用于生成并存储或显示剂量历史信息的目的。传感器布置215可以包括主要传感器215a和次级传感器215b。在图4中,仅示出了次级传感器215b。在以下讨论中,这些传感器是光学传感器,然而,多个替代选项同样适用于各种实施方案,诸如光电传感器、电感式传感器、电容式传感器、接触式传感器、非接触式传感器、磁传感器等。A sensor arrangement 215 comprising one or more sensors is mounted in the injection button 210 , the sensor arrangement being configured to sense the relative rotational position of the dial sleeve 70 relative to the injection button 210 . This relative rotation may equate to the dispensed dose size and serve the purpose of generating and storing or displaying dose history information. The sensor arrangement 215 may include a primary sensor 215a and a secondary sensor 215b. In Fig. 4, only the secondary sensor 215b is shown. In the following discussion, these sensors are optical sensors, however, a number of alternative options are equally applicable to various embodiments, such as photoelectric sensors, inductive sensors, capacitive sensors, contact sensors, non-contact sensors, magnetic sensors, and the like.

图5和图6示出了根据某些实施方案的编码器系统500。编码器系统被配置成与上述装置2一起使用。如图5和图6中所示,主要传感器215a和次级传感器215b被配置成针对拨选套筒70的近端处的经特殊调适区域。在此实施方案中,主要传感器215a和次级传感器215b是红外(IR)反射传感器。因此,拨选套筒70的经特殊调适近侧区域被分成反射区70a和非反射(或吸收性)区70b。包括反射区70a和非反射(或吸收性)区70b的拨选套筒70的一部分可以被称为编码器环。5 and 6 illustrate an encoder system 500 according to certain embodiments. The encoder system is configured for use with the device 2 described above. As shown in FIGS. 5 and 6 , primary sensor 215 a and secondary sensor 215 b are configured for a specially adapted area at the proximal end of dial sleeve 70 . In this embodiment, primary sensor 215a and secondary sensor 215b are infrared (IR) reflective sensors. Accordingly, the specially adapted proximal region of the dial sleeve 70 is divided into a reflective zone 70a and a non-reflective (or absorptive) zone 70b. The portion of dial sleeve 70 including reflective region 70a and non-reflective (or absorptive) region 70b may be referred to as an encoder ring.

为了将生产成本保持在最低水平,由注射成型的聚合物形成这些区70a、70b可能是有利的。在聚合物材料的情况下,可以用添加剂控制吸收率和反射率,例如炭黑表示吸收率,而二氧化钛表示反射率。替代实现方式是可能的,其中吸收性区域是成型的聚合物材料,而反射区域是由金属(附加的金属成分,或聚合物拨选套筒70的区段的选择性金属化)制成的。In order to keep production costs at a minimum, it may be advantageous to form these regions 70a, 70b from an injection molded polymer. In the case of polymeric materials, the absorptivity and reflectivity can be controlled with additives such as carbon black for absorptivity and titanium dioxide for reflectivity. Alternative implementations are possible in which the absorptive area is a shaped polymer material and the reflective area is made of metal (additional metal components, or selective metallization of segments of the polymer dial sleeve 70) .

具有两个传感器便于以下所述的功率管理技术。主要传感器215a被布置为以与适用于特定药物或配给方案的剂量历史要求所需的分辨率(例如,1IU)相对应的频率针对一系列交替的反射区域70a和非反射区域70b。与主要传感器215a相比,次级传感器215b被布置为以降低的频率针对一系列交替的反射区域70a和非反射区域70b。应当理解,编码器系统500可以仅与主要传感器215a一起工作以测量所分配的剂量。次级传感器215b便于以下描述的功率管理技术。Having two sensors facilitates the power management techniques described below. The primary sensor 215a is arranged for a series of alternating reflective regions 70a and non-reflective regions 70b at a frequency corresponding to the required resolution (eg, 1 IU) for the dosage history requirements applicable to a particular drug or dosing regimen. The secondary sensor 215b is arranged for a series of alternating reflective regions 70a and non-reflective regions 70b at a reduced frequency compared to the primary sensor 215a. It should be understood that the encoder system 500 may only work with the primary sensor 215a to measure the dose dispensed. The secondary sensor 215b facilitates the power management techniques described below.

在图5和图6中示出了两组编码区域70a、70b,它们与一个外部区域和另一内部区域同心。然而,两个编码区域70a、70b的任何合适的布置都是可能的。尽管区域70a、70b被示为堞形区域,但是应牢记其他形状和构型也是可能的。In Figures 5 and 6 two sets of coding regions 70a, 70b are shown which are concentric with one outer region and another inner region. However, any suitable arrangement of the two coding regions 70a, 70b is possible. Although the regions 70a, 70b are shown as castellated regions, it should be kept in mind that other shapes and configurations are possible.

装置1、2还包括控制器700,如图7中示意性地所示。控制器700包括处理器布置23,所述处理器布置包括一个或多个处理器,例如,微处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)等;以及存储器单元24、25,所述存储器单元包括程序存储器25和主存储器24,所述存储器单元可以存储由处理器布置23执行的软件。The apparatus 1, 2 also includes a controller 700, as schematically shown in FIG. 7 . The controller 700 includes a processor arrangement 23 comprising one or more processors, for example, microprocessors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) ) etc.; and a memory unit 24, 25 comprising a program memory 25 and a main memory 24 which may store software executed by the processor arrangement 23.

控制器700控制传感器布置215,所述传感器布置包括一个或多个传感器215a、215b。The controller 700 controls the sensor arrangement 215 comprising one or more sensors 215a, 215b.

提供输出27,所述输出可以是用于经由无线网络(诸如Wi-Fi或

Figure BDA0003863856570000121
)与另一个装置通信的无线通信接口;或用于有线通信链路的接口,诸如用于接纳通用串行总线(USB)、迷你USB或微型USB连接器的插座。例如,可以将数据输出到附接到装置1、2的数据收集装置。An output 27 is provided which may be for use via a wireless network such as Wi-Fi or
Figure BDA0003863856570000121
) a wireless communication interface to communicate with another device; or an interface for a wired communication link, such as a receptacle for receiving a Universal Serial Bus (USB), mini-USB or micro-USB connector. For example, the data may be output to a data collection device attached to the device 1 , 2 .

还提供了电源开关28以及作为电源的电池29。A power switch 28 and a battery 29 as a power source are also provided.

能够使编码器系统500的功率使用最小化是有利的,使得需要封装到装置1、2中的电池29的尺寸可以最小化。在此实施方案中使用的传感器215a、215b需要一定量的功率才能操作。此实施方案被布置成使得传感器215a、215b可以受控频率(即,在选通采样模式下)间歇地接通和关断。在发生混叠之前,对可以由被采样的编码器系统计数的最大转速进行固有限制。混叠是采样率小于被感测区域经过传感器的速率的现象,这意味着错过区域变更时可能会发生计数错误。与主要频率215a相比降低了频率的次级传感器215b可以在其也变混叠之前容忍较高的转速。尽管次级传感器215b不能分辨被分配给与主要传感器215a相同分辨率的剂量,但是次级传感器215b的输出在较高速度下仍保持可靠。因此,两个传感器215a、215b被组合使用以能够准确地确定直到第一阈值转速(分配速度)之前递送的剂量。然后,传感器215a、215b可以用于确定直到第二(较高)阈值配给速度之前递送的大概剂量。在高于第二阈值速度的速度下,传感器215a、215b将不能准确或近似地确定所递送的剂量,因此第二阈值被设定为高于当从注射装置1、2排射流体时在物理上不可能实现的速度。It is advantageous to be able to minimize the power usage of the encoder system 500 so that the size of the battery 29 that needs to be packaged into the device 1 , 2 can be minimized. The sensors 215a, 215b used in this embodiment require a certain amount of power to operate. This embodiment is arranged so that the sensors 215a, 215b can be switched on and off intermittently at a controlled frequency (ie in a gated sampling mode). There is an inherent limit on the maximum rotational speed that can be counted by a sampled encoder system before aliasing occurs. Aliasing is the phenomenon where the sampling rate is less than the rate at which the area being sensed passes the sensor, meaning that count errors can occur when area changes are missed. The reduced frequency secondary sensor 215b compared to the primary frequency 215a can tolerate higher rotational speeds before it also becomes aliased. Although the secondary sensor 215b cannot resolve the dose dispensed with the same resolution as the primary sensor 215a, the output of the secondary sensor 215b remains reliable at higher speeds. Thus, the two sensors 215a, 215b are used in combination to enable an accurate determination of the delivered dose up to the first threshold rotational speed (dispensing speed). The sensors 215a, 215b may then be used to determine the approximate dose delivered until a second (higher) threshold dosing rate. At speeds above the second threshold speed, the sensors 215a, 215b will not be able to accurately or approximately determine the delivered dose, so the second threshold is set higher than the physical speed when fluid is ejected from the injection device 1, 2. impossible speed.

第一速度阈值由主要传感器215a的采样率和编码器区域转换的频率来确定,所述频率固定为预期药物或配给方案所需的分辨率(例如,每1IU转换一次)。第二速度阈值由次级传感器215b的采样率和编码器区域转换的频率来确定。设定第一阈值,使得系统可以覆盖最大分配速度范围以准确地报告所分配的剂量。The first velocity threshold is determined by the sampling rate of the primary sensor 215a and the frequency of encoder zone transitions, which is fixed at the resolution required for the desired drug or dosing regimen (eg, transitions every 1 IU). The second speed threshold is determined by the sampling rate of the secondary sensor 215b and the frequency of encoder zone transitions. The first threshold is set such that the system can cover the maximum dispensing speed range to accurately report dispensed doses.

图6中所示的示例性实施方案具有以每递送1IU剂量转换1次针对区域转换的主要传感器215a和以每递送6IU剂量转换1次针对区域转换的次级传感器215b。其他选项也是可能的,所述其他选项包括每2IU转换1次、每4IU转换1次、每8IU转换1次和每个IU单位转换1次。这些选项各自都是可能的,因为在图6中所示的编码器系统500中,每一转有24个单独的区域70a、70b。通常,如果每一转的单独区域70a、70b的数量为n个单位,则存在每m个单位转换一次的选项,其中m是大于1且小于n的任何整数因子。The exemplary embodiment shown in FIG. 6 has a primary sensor 215a switching for zone switching at 1 switch per 1 IU dose delivered and a secondary sensor 215b switching for zone switching at 1 switch per 6 IU dose delivered. Other options are possible including 1 conversion every 2 IU, 1 conversion every 4 IU, 1 conversion every 8 IU, and 1 conversion per IU unit. Each of these options is possible because in the encoder system 500 shown in Figure 6, there are 24 individual regions 70a, 70b per revolution. In general, if the number of individual regions 70a, 70b per revolution is n units, there is an option to switch every m units, where m is any integer factor greater than 1 and less than n.

两个传感器215a、215b的采样频率越慢,所需的功率消耗就越低,因此所需的电池29大小也越小。因此,在实际情况下,通过设计使采样频率最小化是最佳的。The slower the sampling frequency of the two sensors 215a, 215b, the lower the required power consumption and therefore the smaller the size of the battery 29 required. Therefore, in practical situations, it is optimal to minimize the sampling frequency by design.

为了进一步限制电池容量要求,当不需要向传感器215a、215b通电时,能够使装置2处于低功率状态是有利的。这可以是通过被注射按钮210移位激活的开关来实现的。To further limit battery capacity requirements, it is advantageous to be able to place the device 2 in a low power state when power to the sensors 215a, 215b is not required. This may be accomplished by a switch activated by displacement of the injection button 210 .

如图8A中所示,开关800被安装在注射按钮210中。在图8A中所示的构型中,开关800的臂被拨选套筒70偏转,使得开关800处于断开状态。在此构型中,在接合器部件与拨选套筒70之间的接合器以其拨选模式与装置2接合。当注射按钮210被压下时,注射按钮210相对于拨选套筒70轴向移位,因此开关800相对于拨选套筒70轴向移位。此移位导致拨选套筒70上的一部分沿开关800上的凸轮表面下降,从而允许开关臂向其自由状态偏转。开关臂中的这种偏转具有改变开关800的电状态的作用(例如,变为电闭合)。所述设计被布置为使得开关800的电状态改变在接合器部件与拨选套筒70之间的接合器的状态改变之前发生。图8B示出了接合器的转换点,并且示出了开关800已经改变状态。图8C示出了完全压下注射按钮210时装置2的状态。在这种情况下,接合器被完全分离,从而允许接合器部件和拨选套筒70在分配模式下相对于彼此旋转。As shown in FIG. 8A , a switch 800 is installed in the injection button 210 . In the configuration shown in FIG. 8A, the arm of switch 800 is deflected by dial sleeve 70 such that switch 800 is in the off state. In this configuration, the adapter between the adapter part and the dial sleeve 70 is engaged with the device 2 in its dial mode. When the injection button 210 is depressed, the injection button 210 is axially displaced relative to the dial sleeve 70 and thus the switch 800 is axially displaced relative to the dial sleeve 70 . This displacement causes a portion on dial sleeve 70 to descend along the cam surface on switch 800, allowing the switch arm to deflect toward its free state. This deflection in the switch arm has the effect of changing the electrical state of switch 800 (eg, becoming electrically closed). The design is arranged such that the change of electrical state of switch 800 occurs before the change of state of the adapter between the adapter member and dial sleeve 70 . Figure 8B shows the transition point of the adapter and shows that the switch 800 has changed state. Figure 8C shows the state of the device 2 when the injection button 210 is fully depressed. In this case, the adapter is completely disengaged, allowing the adapter part and dial sleeve 70 to rotate relative to each other in the dispensing mode.

当释放注射按钮210时,此序列颠倒地操作。This sequence operates in reverse when the injection button 210 is released.

当注射按钮210被压下时发生电气状态变化,由此允许在注射按钮210未被压下的情况下将装置2关机进入低能耗状态。在这种状态下,注射按钮210与拨选套筒70之间不可能相对旋转,因此不需要编码器系统500。The electrical state change occurs when the injection button 210 is depressed, thereby allowing the device 2 to be switched off into a low power state if the injection button 210 is not depressed. In this state, relative rotation between the injection button 210 and the dial sleeve 70 is not possible, so the encoder system 500 is not required.

拨选套筒70与开关800之间的机械构型可能以相反方向操作,使得开关800的臂在分配期间而不是在拨选期间发生偏转。The mechanical configuration between dial sleeve 70 and switch 800 may operate in the opposite direction such that the arm of switch 800 is deflected during dispensing rather than during dialing.

以下实施方案涉及一种替代的感测技术以确定已经从装置1、2分配的药剂单元的数量。The following embodiments relate to an alternative sensing technique to determine the number of dosage units that have been dispensed from the device 1 , 2 .

与上述实施方案一样,两个传感器215被安装在注射按钮210中,并且被配置成在剂量分配期间感测拨选套筒70相对于注射按钮210的相对旋转位置。这种相对旋转可以等同于所分配的剂量大小,并且用于生成并存储或显示剂量历史信息的目的。As with the embodiments described above, two sensors 215 are mounted in the injection button 210 and are configured to sense the relative rotational position of the dial sleeve 70 with respect to the injection button 210 during dose dispensing. This relative rotation may equate to the dispensed dose size and serve the purpose of generating and storing or displaying dose history information.

如图9中所示,来自此实施方案的两个传感器215被配置成针对拨选套筒70的经特殊调适区域70a、70b。在此实施方案中,使用IR反射传感器,因此拨选套筒70的区域被分成反射区段70a和吸收性区段70b。区段70a、70b在本文中也可以被称为标志或检测区域。As shown in FIG. 9 , the two sensors 215 from this embodiment are configured for specially adapted regions 70 a , 70 b of the dial sleeve 70 . In this embodiment, an IR reflective sensor is used, so the area of the dial sleeve 70 is divided into a reflective section 70a and an absorptive section 70b. Sections 70a, 70b may also be referred to herein as markers or detection regions.

与上面关于图5和图6描述的编码器系统500不同,图9和10中所示的编码器系统900具有两个IR传感器215,针对相同类型的区域70a、70b。换句话说,传感器215被布置成使得它们面对同一表面上的反射区域70a和吸收性区域70b。传感器215可以被布置成使得在同一时间,一个传感器面对反射区域70a,而一个传感器面对吸收性区域。在剂量分配期间,对于已经分配的每个药剂单位,拨选套筒70相对于注射按钮210逆时针旋转15°。替代标志元素位于30°(或两个单位)部分中。传感器215被布置为彼此异相,使得它们之间的角度等于奇数个单位(例如,15°、45°、75°等),如图10中所示。Unlike the encoder system 500 described above with respect to Figures 5 and 6, the encoder system 900 shown in Figures 9 and 10 has two IR sensors 215, for the same type of zones 70a, 70b. In other words, the sensors 215 are arranged such that they face the reflective area 70a and the absorptive area 70b on the same surface. The sensors 215 may be arranged such that one sensor faces the reflective region 70a and one sensor faces the absorptive region at the same time. During dose dispensing, the dial sleeve 70 is rotated 15° counterclockwise relative to the injection button 210 for each dose unit that has been dispensed. Alternative logo elements are located in 30° (or two units) sections. The sensors 215 are arranged out of phase with each other such that the angle between them is equal to an odd number of units (eg, 15°, 45°, 75°, etc.), as shown in FIG. 10 .

图10中所示的编码器系统900每一转具有12个区段,即,12个交替区域70a、70b。通常,实施方案以每一转4个单位的任何倍数工作。传感器215之间的角度α可以用等式1表示,其中m和n都为任何整数,并且每一转分配4m个单位。The encoder system 900 shown in Fig. 10 has 12 segments per revolution, ie 12 alternating regions 70a, 70b. Typically, implementations operate at any multiple of 4 units per revolution. The angle a between the sensors 215 can be expressed by Equation 1, where m and n are any integers and 4m units are allocated per revolution.

Figure BDA0003863856570000131
Figure BDA0003863856570000131

等式1-传感器之间的角度Equation 1 - Angle between sensors

图11示出了在药剂分配期间当拨选套筒70逆时针旋转时传感器A和传感器B的输出如何变化。Figure 11 shows how the output of sensor A and sensor B changes when dial sleeve 70 is rotated counterclockwise during medicament dispensing.

两个传感器A、B的组合产生2位格雷码输出(11、01、00、10)。2位代码序列每分配四个单位重复一次。此编码输出便于检测正向(逆时针)和负向(顺时针)旋转。例如,当传感器读取“11”时,更改为“01”将为正旋转,而更改为“10”将为负旋转。这种方向敏感的系统在可能发生负向旋转的情况下准确地确定真正分配的剂量体积的能力方面优于纯增量系统。例如,当用户释放注射按钮210时,在剂量结束时过度旋转的机构在“退回”之前停止。The combination of two sensors A, B produces a 2-bit Gray code output (11, 01, 00, 10). The 2-digit code sequence repeats every four allocated units. This encoded output facilitates detection of positive (counterclockwise) and negative (clockwise) rotation. For example, when the sensor reads "11", changing to "01" will result in a positive rotation, while changing to "10" will result in a negative rotation. Such direction sensitive systems are superior to purely incremental systems in their ability to accurately determine the true dispensed dose volume where negative rotation may occur. For example, when the user releases the injection button 210, the over-rotating mechanism stops before "backing out" at the end of the dose.

参考图12,IR传感器215从LED发射IR光。编码器系统900的IR反射区域70a反射光,并且传感器检测反射的光。传感器215然后将检测到的光转换为电输出。由传感器215检测到的IR光在从编码器环反射之后的强度与传感器和编码器环的接近度成比例。因此,期望传感器215在不接触编码器环的情况下尽可能地径向靠近编码器环,这将增加分配机构的摩擦损失。Referring to FIG. 12, the IR sensor 215 emits IR light from the LED. The IR reflective region 70a of the encoder system 900 reflects light, and a sensor detects the reflected light. The sensor 215 then converts the detected light into an electrical output. The intensity of the IR light detected by sensor 215 after reflection from the encoder ring is proportional to the proximity of the sensor and encoder ring. Therefore, it is desirable for the sensor 215 to be as radially close to the encoder ring as possible without contacting the encoder ring, which would increase the friction losses of the dispensing mechanism.

参考图13,拨选套筒70的IR吸收性区域70b没有完全吸收从传感器215发射的所有IR光。测试表明,当传感器215与拨选套筒70的吸收性区域70b对准时,由于拨选套筒70反射的IR光水平较低,因此传感器215具有一些电输出。因此,拨选套筒标志被设计成使传感器215与编码器环的任何有意的IR吸收性部分之间的距离最大化。这可以确保较高的对比度和信号清晰度。Referring to FIG. 13 , the IR absorptive region 70 b of the dial sleeve 70 does not completely absorb all of the IR light emitted from the sensor 215 . Testing has shown that when the sensor 215 is aligned with the absorptive region 70b of the dial sleeve 70, the sensor 215 has some electrical output due to the lower level of IR light reflected by the dial sleeve 70. Accordingly, the dial sleeve markers are designed to maximize the distance between the sensor 215 and any intentionally IR absorbing portion of the encoder ring. This ensures high contrast and signal clarity.

在分配剂量时,装置1、2的软件监测传感器215的电输出。所述软件检测高输出与低输出之间的变化以确定拨选套筒70与注射按钮210之间的相对旋转何时达到了另外的15°(即,已经分配了另外的一个单位)。因此,使高输出与低输出之间的对比度尽可能大对于装置的功能是有益的。The software of the device 1, 2 monitors the electrical output of the sensor 215 as the dose is dispensed. The software detects the change between high and low output to determine when the relative rotation between dial sleeve 70 and injection button 210 has reached an additional 15° (ie, another unit has been dispensed). Therefore, it is beneficial for the function of the device to have as large a contrast as possible between high output and low output.

根据各种实施方案,拨选套筒70和编码器环标志70a、70b的设计已经被开发以增加对比度。图14中所示的设计去除了吸收性拨选套筒标志70b以在相邻的编码器环标志70a之间留下间隙140。这将传感器215与可以反射从传感器发射的任何IR光的任何材料之间的距离最大化。According to various embodiments, the design of the dial sleeve 70 and encoder ring logos 70a, 70b have been developed to increase contrast. The design shown in Figure 14 removes the absorbent dial sleeve marker 70b to leave a gap 140 between adjacent encoder ring markers 70a. This maximizes the distance between the sensor 215 and any material that may reflect any IR light emitted from the sensor.

这种设计增加了低传感器电输出与高传感器电输出之间的对比度。然而,如图15A所示,由传感器215发射的红外光不是光束,使得当拨选套筒70在反射式编码器环标志70a与间隙140之间旋转时,传感器215检测到由传感器215发射的一些光的位置处存在重叠。在此时段期间,传感器输出从高到低逐渐减小,而不是在高与低之间立即阶跃变化。对于软件确定为15°旋转(即,所分配的一个药剂单位)而言,这种逐渐减小的难度要比立即阶跃变化更困难。This design increases the contrast between low and high sensor electrical outputs. However, as shown in FIG. 15A, the infrared light emitted by sensor 215 is not a beam, so that when dial sleeve 70 is rotated between reflective encoder ring mark 70a and gap 140, sensor 215 detects the infrared light emitted by sensor 215. There is overlap at the positions of some lights. During this period, the sensor output tapers off from high to low rather than an immediate step change between high and low. This gradual decrease is more difficult than an immediate step change for what the software determines is a 15° rotation (ie, one dose unit dispensed).

在编码器标志的各种实施方案中会发生这种现象(如图9和图14所示)。然而,如图15B所示,根据某些实施方案,由于反射式编码器环形标志70a的侧面的可见性,增加了在传感器输出完全切换到低输出之前拨选套筒70所需的旋转。This phenomenon occurs in various embodiments of encoder markers (as shown in Figures 9 and 14). However, as shown in FIG. 15B , according to certain embodiments, due to the visibility of the side of the reflective encoder ring marker 70a, the rotation required for the dial sleeve 70 before the sensor output fully switches to low output is increased.

因此,减小编码器环上的IR反射标志70a的边缘处的厚度是有利的。图16和图17示出了两个可能的实施方案,其减小编码器环上的IR反射标志70a的侧边缘处的厚度,使得反射表面向内倾斜以防止或减小漫反射,由此增强了对比度转换和信号清晰度。Therefore, it is advantageous to reduce the thickness of the IR reflective markers 70a on the encoder ring at the edges. Figures 16 and 17 show two possible implementations that reduce the thickness at the side edges of the IR reflective markers 70a on the encoder ring such that the reflective surfaces slope inwards to prevent or reduce diffuse reflections, thereby Enhanced contrast conversion and signal clarity.

图16示出了其中成型的聚合物编码器环已被成形的金属环160代替的实施方案。FIG. 16 shows an embodiment in which the formed polymeric encoder ring has been replaced by a formed metal ring 160 .

图17示出了其中成型的聚合物编码器环已经被拨选套筒70的被印刷、涂漆或涂覆有IR反射材料的部分代替。Figure 17 shows where the molded polymer encoder ring has been replaced by a portion of the dial sleeve 70 that is printed, painted or coated with an IR reflective material.

图18A和图18B展示了根据各种实施方案的两种替代操作模式。参考图18A,提供了传感器I和传感器II,其角偏移(δ)是编码器环的编码区域的周期性(φ)的一半。在此实施方案中,传感器被操作以同步地(即,在相同的时间(t1、t2、t3、…))采样。18A and 18B illustrate two alternative modes of operation according to various embodiments. Referring to Figure 18A, Sensor I and Sensor II are provided with an angular offset (δ) that is half the periodicity (φ) of the encoding region of the encoder ring. In this embodiment, the sensors are operated to sample synchronously (ie, at the same time (t 1 , t 2 , t 3 , . . . )).

图18A展示了其中角偏移(δ)不同于特征周期性的一半(φ/2)并且传感器以交错方式操作使得采样之间具有时间偏移(Δt)的实施方案。与同步操作中可用的总体系统LED功率消耗相比,这可以用于实现更均衡的总体系统LED功率消耗。Figure 18A illustrates an embodiment where the angular offset (δ) is different from half of the characteristic periodicity (φ/2) and the sensors are operated in a staggered fashion with a time offset (Δt) between samples. This can be used to achieve a more balanced overall system LED power consumption than would be available in synchronous operation.

在图18B所示的构型中,可以将角偏移(δ)的量减小到特征周期性(φ)的一半以下,以便补偿在不同传感器的采样操作之间的时间偏移(Δt)期间的相对角行程。In the configuration shown in Figure 18B, the amount of angular offset (δ) can be reduced to less than half of the characteristic periodicity (φ) in order to compensate for the time offset (Δt) between sampling operations of different sensors Relative angular travel during.

时间偏移(Δt)可以根据编码器环的相对转速(ω)的估计值来调整,所述估计值可以从传感器测量值中计算出。具体地,当确定转速(ω)增加时,偏移时间(Δt)可以减小。The time offset (Δt) can be adjusted based on an estimate of the relative rotational speed (ω) of the encoder ring, which can be calculated from sensor measurements. Specifically, when it is determined that the rotational speed (ω) increases, the offset time (Δt) may decrease.

图19A示出了通过本公开文本的实施方案获得的示波器轨迹。下部轨迹是LED驱动信号,而上部轨迹是施密特触发器之前的电流镜的输出。Figure 19A shows an oscilloscope trace obtained by an embodiment of the present disclosure. The lower trace is the LED drive signal, while the upper trace is the output of the current mirror before the Schmitt trigger.

图19B是图19A中所示的示波器轨迹的放大图。结果表明,可以接近12比1的占空比以256μs进行采样(这意味着平均电流是4mA LED驱动器的1/12,由此节省了功率和电池容量。这等效于超过3900Hz的采样率,并且在每个区段具有一个单位且每个区段至少有两个样本时,在不违反奈奎斯特标准的情况下,每秒实现超过1950个单位的检测速度。因而,不需要抗混叠检测器。Figure 19B is an enlarged view of the oscilloscope trace shown in Figure 19A. It turns out that it is possible to sample at 256µs with a duty cycle close to 12 to 1 (meaning that the average current is 1/12 that of a 4mA LED driver, thus saving power and battery capacity. This equates to a sampling rate of over 3900Hz, And with one unit per segment and at least two samples per segment, detection speeds in excess of 1950 units per second are achieved without violating the Nyquist criterion. Thus, no anti-aliasing is required stack detector.

虽然已经关于从胰岛素注射器笔采集数据描述了上述实施方案,但应注意,本公开文本的实施方案可用于其他目的,例如,诸如监测其他药剂的注射或一般而言的药物递送装置。While the above embodiments have been described with respect to acquiring data from an insulin syringe pen, it should be noted that embodiments of the present disclosure may be used for other purposes, such as monitoring injections of other medicaments or drug delivery devices in general, for example.

如上文已经讨论的,在包括电子系统的药物递送装置(诸如上文进一步讨论的注射装置)中管理电源(例如,可再充电或不可再充电的电池29)的电力消耗或资源是需要解决的问题,例如以便优化电源的容量的使用和/或考虑到药物递送装置在装置到达用户或患者之前有时相当长的库存时间。需要确保包括电子系统的装置在其预期使用的持续时间内仍然正常运作。As already discussed above, managing the power consumption or resources of a power source (e.g., a rechargeable or non-rechargeable battery 29) in a drug delivery device that includes an electronic system, such as the injection device discussed further above, is an issue that needs to be addressed. Problems, for example in order to optimize the use of the capacity of the power supply and/or to take into account the sometimes considerable inventory time of the drug delivery device before the device reaches the user or patient. There is a need to ensure that devices including electronic systems continue to function properly for the duration of their intended use.

本公开文本呈现了可以在药物递送装置或其电子系统中实现或因此例如用于改善装置中的功率管理的各种概念。一些概念依赖于仅在需要时或在很有可能需要电力时向装置的某些单元提供电力。仅当注射按钮(作为用户接口构件)正被按压以执行剂量递送(注射)操作时,上文已经讨论的装置例如激励所述装置的运动感测单元(传感器系统)。在运动感测单元已被激励之后,编码器部件或编码器环可以用于收集关于移动的数据,所述数据指示在递送操作期间已经递送的剂量。根据测得的移动数据,可以计算出实际上已经递送了多少药物。例如,当用户在实际已完成递送操作之前中断所述递送操作时,实际递送的药物量不一定与先前在剂量设定操作中设定的剂量一致。因此,有利的是测量在剂量递送操作期间发生的移动,所述移动与已经递送的药物量相关,例如从而了解递送操作的当前状态或进程。所确定的递送剂量可以优选无线地传送至外部或远程装置,例如,诸如智能电话等手持式装置。以此方式,可以建立关于由用户递送的剂量的剂量日志,所述剂量日志可以由用户容易地访问。The present disclosure presents various concepts that may be implemented in a drug delivery device or its electronic system or thus used eg to improve power management in the device. Some concepts rely on providing power to certain elements of the device only when needed or when there is a high probability that power will be needed. The devices already discussed above eg activate the motion sensing unit (sensor system) of the device only when the injection button (as user interface member) is being pressed to perform a dose delivery (injection) operation. After the motion sensing unit has been actuated, the encoder member or encoder ring may be used to collect data about the movement indicative of the dose that has been delivered during the delivery operation. From the measured movement data, it is possible to calculate how much drug has actually been delivered. For example, when the user interrupts the delivery operation before the delivery operation has actually been completed, the actual delivered drug amount does not necessarily coincide with the dose previously set in the dose setting operation. It is therefore advantageous to measure movements occurring during a dose delivery operation, which movements are related to the amount of drug that has been delivered, for example in order to know the current status or progress of the delivery operation. The determined delivered dose may preferably be communicated wirelessly to an external or remote device, eg a handheld device such as a smartphone. In this way, a dose log can be established regarding the doses delivered by the user, which can be easily accessed by the user.

所提出的概念适用于包括电子系统的各种各样的药物递送装置或者适用于电子系统,所述电子系统用于此类装置而不仅用于上文进一步描述的装置。装置可以是注射装置和/或笔型装置。装置可以被配置成接收或包括药剂容器或药筒。容器或药筒可以填充有待由装置递送的液体药物。装置可以被设计成递送多个剂量的药物。因此,容器或药筒可以包括足以由装置递送若干剂量的量的药物。装置可以是可重复使用的或一次性的,其中当当前容器或药筒被认为是空的或由于不同原因需要被替换时,可以为可重复使用的装置提供替换药剂容器或药筒。一次性装置可以是在药剂容器已经被排空之后丢弃的单次使用装置。装置可以是拨选延伸类型的装置(也就是说,在剂量设定操作期间长度增加的装置),其中长度的增加与设定剂量的大小成比例。在相关联的剂量递送操作期间,装置的长度可以再次减小例如直到装置恢复其原始长度(即,其在已经开始剂量设定操作之前具有的长度)。可替代地,装置的长度可以独立于设定剂量的大小,例如,在剂量设定和/或剂量递送期间恒定或基本上恒定。剂量设定操作可以涉及作为用户接口构件的剂量设定构件(例如,旋钮、按钮或握把部件(如上文已经进一步讨论的))的优选旋转移动。剂量递送操作可以涉及作为用户接口构件的剂量递送构件(例如,诸如上文进一步讨论的注射按钮等按钮)的优选轴向移动。如上文已经进一步讨论的,剂量设定构件和剂量递送构件可以由单个(例如整体)部件形成(其中优选地,在剂量设定操作和剂量递送操作期间操纵部件的不同表面),或者可替代地,剂量设定构件和剂量递送构件可以是单独的部件/接口构件或部分(其中这些构件之间的相对移动是可能的,例如从而将剂量设定和驱动机构在剂量设定构型与剂量递送构型之间进行切换)。在剂量设定或剂量递送期间或在两种操作期间,这些部件之间可以存在相对移动。在剂量设定操作期间,剂量设定构件的侧向表面或侧表面(即,径向面向的表面)可以被用户例如用拇指和食指抓握。在剂量递送操作期间,剂量递送构件的轴向(例如向近侧)面向的表面可以被用户例如用拇指触碰。在剂量递送操作期间,用户可以将轴向力传递至剂量递送构件,以便使用装置的剂量设定和驱动机构来启动和/或连续驱动剂量递送操作,所述剂量设定和驱动机构除了用户接口构件之外可以包括另外的构件,例如,诸如驱动构件和活塞杆。驱动构件可以接合活塞杆。在一个实施方案中,剂量递送构件可以是例如螺纹地接合活塞杆的驱动构件。装置可以是如在例如WO 2015/028439 A1中披露的装置,所述专利通过引用以其全部内容结合在此。The proposed concept is applicable to a wide variety of drug delivery devices including electronic systems or to electronic systems for such devices and not only for the devices described further above. The device may be an injection device and/or a pen-type device. The device may be configured to receive or include a medicament container or cartridge. The container or cartridge may be filled with liquid drug to be delivered by the device. The device can be designed to deliver multiple doses of drug. Thus, the container or cartridge may contain an amount of drug sufficient to deliver several doses by the device. The device may be reusable or disposable, wherein a reusable device may be provided with a replacement medicament container or cartridge when the current container or cartridge is deemed empty or needs to be replaced for different reasons. A disposable device may be a single use device that is disposed of after the medicament container has been emptied. The device may be a dial extension type device (that is to say a device that increases in length during a dose setting operation), where the increase in length is proportional to the size of the set dose. During the associated dose delivery operation, the length of the device may be reduced again eg until the device resumes its original length (ie the length it had before the dose setting operation had started). Alternatively, the length of the device may be independent of the size of the set dose, eg, be constant or substantially constant during dose setting and/or dose delivery. The dose setting operation may involve preferably rotational movement of a dose setting member as a user interface member, eg a knob, button or grip part (as already discussed further above). The dose delivery operation may involve a preferably axial movement of a dose delivery member (eg a button such as the injection button discussed further above) as a user interface member. As already discussed further above, the dose setting member and the dose delivery member may be formed from a single (e.g. integral) part (where preferably different surfaces of the part are manipulated during the dose setting operation and the dose delivery operation), or alternatively , the dose setting member and the dose delivery member may be separate components/interface members or parts (wherein relative movement between these members is possible, for example so as to place the dose setting and drive mechanism in the dose setting configuration and the dose delivery switch between configurations). There may be relative movement between these components during dose setting or dose delivery, or both. During a dose setting operation, the lateral surface or side surface (ie the radially facing surface) of the dose setting member may be gripped by the user eg with the thumb and forefinger. During a dose delivery operation, an axially (eg proximally) facing surface of the dose delivery member may be touched by a user eg with a thumb. During a dose delivery operation, the user may transmit an axial force to the dose delivery member to initiate and/or continuously drive the dose delivery operation using the dose setting and drive mechanism of the device, which is in addition to the user interface In addition to the components, further components may be included, such as, for example, a drive member and a piston rod. The drive member may engage the piston rod. In one embodiment, the dose delivery member may be, for example, a drive member threadably engaging a piston rod. The device may be a device as disclosed in eg WO 2015/028439 A1 which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

装置可以是基于针的装置(即,药物可以经由刺穿皮肤的针递送至体内)或者可以是无针的。装置可以是具有递送辅助的装置,例如,弹簧辅助的或弹簧驱动的装置。在此类装置中,用户的剂量递送操作是由能量储存构件(诸如弹簧)提供的能量辅助或完全驱动的。储存构件中的能量可以在用户进行剂量设定操作期间增加,或者能量储存构件可以由制造商提供有排空预储存在构件中的药剂容器所需的全部能量。在后一种情况下,诸如在剂量设定操作期间,用户不需要提供能量以增加储存在能量储存构件中的能量。The device may be a needle-based device (ie, the drug may be delivered into the body via a needle piercing the skin) or may be needle-free. The device may be a device with a delivery aid, eg, a spring-assisted or spring-driven device. In such devices, the user's dose delivery operation is assisted or fully powered by energy provided by an energy storage member, such as a spring. The energy in the storage member may be increased during a dose setting operation by the user, or the energy storage member may be supplied by the manufacturer with all the energy required to empty a medicament container pre-stored in the member. In the latter case, such as during a dose setting operation, the user need not provide energy to increase the energy stored in the energy storage member.

图20展示了电子系统1000的元件的总体构型,所述电子系统可以用于药物递送装置(例如,上文进一步讨论的装置之一或其他装置)。FIG. 20 illustrates the general configuration of elements of an electronic system 1000 that may be used in a drug delivery device (eg, one of the devices discussed further above or other devices).

电子系统1000包括电子控制单元1100。控制单元可以包括如上文进一步讨论的控制器700。具体地,控制单元可以包括如上文进一步讨论的处理器布置23。而且,控制单元1100可以包括一个或多个存储器单元,诸如上文结合图7进一步讨论的程序存储器25和主存储器24。控制单元1100被方便地设计成控制电子系统1000的操作。控制单元1100可以经由有线接口或无线接口与电子系统1000的另外的单元通信。所述控制单元可以将包含命令的信号和/或数据传输至所述单元,和/或可以从相应单元接收信号和/或数据。所述单元与所述电子控制单元之间的连接用图20中的线来表示。然而,所述单元之间也可以存在没有明确展示的连接。控制单元可以布置在导体载体(例如,(印刷)电路板)上。电子系统的一个或多个其他单元可以包括同样布置在导体载体上的一个或多个部件。The electronic system 1000 includes an electronic control unit 1100 . The control unit may include the controller 700 as discussed further above. In particular, the control unit may comprise a processor arrangement 23 as discussed further above. Also, control unit 1100 may include one or more memory units, such as program memory 25 and main memory 24 discussed further above in connection with FIG. 7 . The control unit 1100 is conveniently designed to control the operation of the electronic system 1000 . The control unit 1100 may communicate with another unit of the electronic system 1000 via a wired interface or a wireless interface. The control unit may transmit signals and/or data comprising commands to the units and/or may receive signals and/or data from corresponding units. The connection between the unit and the electronic control unit is indicated by the lines in FIG. 20 . However, connections not explicitly shown may also exist between the described elements. The control unit may be arranged on a conductor carrier, eg a (printed) circuit board. One or more other units of the electronic system may comprise one or more components likewise arranged on the conductor carrier.

电子系统1000可以进一步包括运动感测单元1200。运动感测单元1200可以包括一个或多个传感器,例如上文进一步描述的传感器215a和215b。在使用检测电磁辐射的光电子传感器(诸如IR传感器)的情况下,运动感测单元可以另外包括辐射发射器,所述辐射发射器发射待被传感器检测的辐射。然而,应当注意,也可以采用其他传感器系统(例如,磁传感器)。具有电操作传感器和用于刺激如辐射发射器和相关联传感器等传感器的电操作源的运动感测单元的功率消耗可能相对较高,并且因此其功率管理可能有特定的影响。每个传感器可以具有相关联的辐射发射器。运动感测单元1200可以被设计成检测和优选地测量药物递送装置的剂量设定和驱动机构的两个可移动构件或用于所述药物递送装置的两个可移动构件在剂量设定操作期间和/或在剂量分配操作期间的相对移动。例如,运动感测单元可以测量或检测剂量设定和驱动机构的两个可移动构件相对于彼此的相对旋转移动。基于从单元1200的信号接收到的或计算出的移动数据,控制单元可以计算剂量数据。The electronic system 1000 may further include a motion sensing unit 1200 . Motion sensing unit 1200 may include one or more sensors, such as sensors 215a and 215b described further above. In case an optoelectronic sensor detecting electromagnetic radiation, such as an IR sensor, is used, the motion sensing unit may additionally comprise a radiation emitter emitting radiation to be detected by the sensor. However, it should be noted that other sensor systems (eg magnetic sensors) may also be employed. The power consumption of a motion sensing unit having electrically operated sensors and electrically operated sources for stimulating the sensors, such as radiation emitters and associated sensors, may be relatively high in power consumption, and thus its power management may have particular implications. Each sensor may have an associated radiation emitter. The motion sensing unit 1200 may be designed to detect and preferably measure the dose setting and drive mechanism of the drug delivery device, or both movable members of the drug delivery device during a dose setting operation. and/or relative movement during dose dispensing operations. For example, the motion sensing unit may measure or detect relative rotational movement of two movable members of the dose setting and drive mechanism with respect to each other. Based on movement data received or calculated from signals from unit 1200, the control unit may calculate dosage data.

电子系统1000可以进一步包括使用检测单元1300。使用检测单元可以与一个用户接口构件或多个用户接口构件相关联,使得可以检测到对用于设定和/或递送其剂量的构件的操纵。当检测到操纵时,使用检测单元生成使用信号或触发使用信号的生成。使用信号可以被传输至电子控制单元1100。电子控制单元可以响应于所述信号而向系统的其他电操作单元中的一个电操作单元、任意选择的多个电操作单元、或所有电操作单元发出命令或信号。例如,控制单元可以使得相应单元从功率消耗较低的第一状态(例如,睡眠状态或空闲状态)或没有功率消耗的断开状态切换至功率消耗增加的第二状态。所述切换可以通过由电子控制单元向相应单元发出的相应切换命令或信号完成。响应于使用信号,所有单元可以切换至第二状态,或仅选定单元可以切换至第二状态。如果仅选定单元切换至功率消耗较高的第二状态,则有利的是,这些单元旨在在用户打算开始的操作或已经开始的操作期间使用。The electronic system 1000 may further include a usage detection unit 1300 . The use detection unit may be associated with the user interface member or user interface members such that manipulation of the member for setting and/or delivering a dose thereof can be detected. When a manipulation is detected, the usage detection unit generates a usage signal or triggers the generation of a usage signal. The usage signal may be transmitted to the electronic control unit 1100 . The electronic control unit may issue commands or signals to one electric operating unit, arbitrarily selected plurality of electric operating units, or all electric operating units among the other electric operating units of the system in response to the signal. For example, the control unit may cause the respective unit to switch from a first state with lower power consumption (eg sleep state or idle state) or an off state with no power consumption to a second state with increased power consumption. Said switching can be accomplished by corresponding switching commands or signals sent by the electronic control unit to the corresponding units. In response to the use signal, all cells may switch to the second state, or only selected cells may switch to the second state. If only selected units are switched to the second state with higher power consumption, it is advantageous that these units are intended to be used during an operation that the user intends to start or has already started.

例如,在生成使用信号或启动用户接口构件以启动系统的操作(例如,剂量递送操作)之后,例如,将运动感测单元切换到第二状态所需的典型时间在2.5ms与3.2ms之间。For example, after generating a use signal or actuating a user interface member to initiate operation of the system (e.g., a dose delivery operation), for example, a typical time required to switch the motion sensing unit to the second state is between 2.5 ms and 3.2 ms .

电子系统1000可以进一步包括通信单元1400,例如RF、WiFi和/或蓝牙单元。通信单元可以被设置为系统或药物递送装置与外部(如其他电子装置,例如移动电话、个人计算机、膝上型电脑等)之间的通信接口。例如,剂量数据可以通过通信单元传输至外部装置。剂量数据可以用于在外部装置中建立的剂量记录或剂量历史。通信单元可以被设置用于无线或有线通信。The electronic system 1000 may further include a communication unit 1400, such as an RF, WiFi and/or Bluetooth unit. The communication unit may be provided as a communication interface between the system or drug delivery device and the outside, such as other electronic devices such as mobile phones, personal computers, laptops, etc. For example, dosage data can be transmitted to an external device via the communication unit. The dose data can be used in a dose record or dose history established in an external device. The communication unit may be configured for wireless or wired communication.

电子系统1000可以进一步包括电源1500,如可再充电电池或不可再充电电池。电源1500可以向电子系统的相应单元提供电力。The electronic system 1000 may further include a power source 1500, such as a rechargeable battery or a non-rechargeable battery. The power supply 1500 may provide power to corresponding units of the electronic system.

当系统处于第一状态时,例如,运动感测单元和通信单元都不活动,电流消耗可以是200nA。当(仅)运动感测单元活动时,功率消耗可以是0.85mA。当通信单元(例如,除了运动感测单元之外或仅通信单元)活动时,功率消耗可以是1.85mA。When the system is in the first state, eg, the motion sensing unit and the communication unit are both inactive, the current consumption may be 20OnA. When (only) the motion sensing unit is active, the power consumption may be 0.85mA. When the communication unit (eg, in addition to the motion sensing unit or only the communication unit) is active, the power consumption may be 1.85mA.

虽然没有明确描绘,但是电子系统可以包括优选永久和/或非易失性的存储单元或存储器单元,所述存储单元或存储器单元可以存储与药物递送装置的操作有关的数据(例如剂量历史数据)。Although not explicitly depicted, the electronic system may include a preferably permanent and/or non-volatile storage unit or memory unit that may store data related to the operation of the drug delivery device (e.g. dose history data) .

在一个实施方案中,电子控制单元1100可以被配置成降低相应单元的功率消耗,即,将所述单元切换回第一状态。例如,如果与所述单元相关的事件(例如,用于运动感测单元的运动感测事件)在所述单元已经从第一状态切换到第二状态之后和/或在已经生成使用信号之后的预定时间间隔内没有发生,则这是合适的。对时间间隔的监测可以通过操作性地连接至电子控制单元的定时器单元(未明确示出)来实现。在使用信号之后在预定时间间隔内没有由运动感测单元生成的信号的情况下,整个系统可以再次切换到第一状态。此时间间隔可以大于或等于以下值之一:0.2s、0.5s、1s、5s、10s、15s、20s、25s、30s。In one embodiment, the electronic control unit 1100 may be configured to reduce the power consumption of the corresponding unit, ie to switch the unit back to the first state. For example, if an event associated with the unit (e.g., a motion sensing event for a motion sensing unit) occurs after the unit has switched from a first state to a second state and/or after a use signal has been generated This is appropriate if it does not occur within the predetermined time interval. The monitoring of the time interval may be achieved by a timer unit (not explicitly shown) operatively connected to the electronic control unit. In case there is no signal generated by the motion sensing unit within a predetermined time interval after using the signal, the entire system may switch to the first state again. This interval can be greater than or equal to one of the following values: 0.2s, 0.5s, 1s, 5s, 10s, 15s, 20s, 25s, 30s.

无需言明的是,电子系统1000可以包括除了示出的电子单元之外的另外的电子单元,诸如其他感测单元,其感测或检测与运动感测单元检测的相对移动不同的量或事件。It goes without saying that the electronic system 1000 may include further electronic units than those shown, such as other sensing units that sense or detect different quantities or events than the relative movement detected by the motion sensing unit.

在用户接口构件1600中可以集成相应的单元,例如,电子系统的剂量设定和/或递送按钮(例如,先前讨论的装置的旋钮12),所述剂量设定和/或递送按钮在下文结合图31A和图31B中更详细描绘的实施方案进行更详细地讨论但优选地存在于下文讨论的任一个实施方案中。Corresponding elements may be integrated in the user interface member 1600, e.g., dose setting and/or delivery buttons of the electronic system (e.g., the knob 12 of the previously discussed device), which are hereinafter incorporated The embodiments depicted in more detail in Figures 31A and 31B are discussed in more detail but are preferably present in either of the embodiments discussed below.

使用检测单元1300在其活动时当可操作以生成使用信号(例如,设定信号和/或递送信号)时方便地具有比运动感测单元1200更低的功率消耗。The usage detection unit 1300 conveniently has lower power consumption than the motion sensing unit 1200 when it is active when operable to generate a usage signal (eg, a set signal and/or a delivery signal).

当用上文进一步讨论的开关800来研究触发开关布置的操作时,已经注意到设计这样的触发开关布置是有挑战性的,例如,因为使用轴向移动来触发开关。例如,需要确保切换是在开始递送操作之前(例如,在接合器脱离接合之前)触发的。此外,开关可能经受相当大的轴向移位,因为接合器需要在开关被触发之后通过相对轴向移动而脱离接合,这可能给开关施加相当大的负载。这些考虑使得轴向触发开关的设计相当复杂,并且潜在地不可靠。When investigating the operation of a trigger switch arrangement with the switch 800 discussed further above, it has been noted that designing such a trigger switch arrangement is challenging, for example, because axial movement is used to trigger the switch. For example, there is a need to ensure that switching is triggered before commencing delivery operations (eg, before the adapter is disengaged). Furthermore, the switch may be subject to considerable axial displacement, as the clutch needs to be disengaged by relative axial movement after the switch is activated, which may place a considerable load on the switch. These considerations make the design of axial trigger switches rather complex and potentially unreliable.

在下文中,讨论了一些实施方案,这些实施方案可以解决现有系统的缺点。而且,可以令人期望的是提供系统的其他实施方案,其被配置成(仅)在需要相应部件的操作时唤醒系统的其他电子部件。通常,以下将讨论具有允许将一个或多个其他电子部件从低功率状态或睡眠状态唤醒的构型的系统。In the following, some embodiments are discussed that can address the shortcomings of existing systems. Also, it may be desirable to provide other embodiments of the system configured to wake up other electronic components of the system (only) when operation of the respective components is required. In general, systems having configurations that allow one or more other electronic components to be woken from a low power state or sleep state will be discussed below.

图21基于四个不同表示A至D展示了在利用电子系统的装置的操作期间的电子系统的实施方案。在此实施方案中,在生成使用信号时,确定的是相应操作(在此例子中为剂量递送操作,但是同样可能是剂量设定操作)已经启动或开始。这优于经由用户接口构件(例如,注射按钮)的轴向移动来触发运动感测单元的唤醒过程。用户接口构件的轴向触发移动可能会例如由于在用户四处行走时手提包中的零件撞击并移动按钮而无意地发生,而实际执行期望操作所需的相对移动不太可能无意地发生。本实施方案使用在剂量递送操作期间发生的两个构件的相对移动来将电子系统从功率消耗较低的第一状态切换至功率消耗较高的第二状态(其中例如运动感测单元和/或通信单元被加电)。将切换过程集成到剂量递送操作中具有以下优点:在当前分配的剂量应经由运动感测单元监测的情况下,运动感测单元的激活可以在需要时立即发生(实际上仅在它应监测的操作已经开始之后才发生)。当然,应当理解,类似的切换操作或相同的切换操作也可以在剂量设定操作期间执行。然而,以下描述集中于剂量递送操作。图21在上部部分中示出了与所公开的概念相关的电子系统的构件的透视图,并且在下部部分示出了这些构件的俯视图。不同的表示A至D展示了剂量递送操作期间构件的不同的相对位置。Figure 21 illustrates an embodiment of the electronic system during operation of a device utilizing the electronic system based on four different representations A to D. In this embodiment, when the use signal is generated, it is determined that a corresponding operation (in this example a dose delivery operation, but equally possible a dose setting operation) has been initiated or started. This is preferable to triggering the wake-up process of the motion sensing unit via axial movement of a user interface member (eg injection button). Axial triggered movement of the user interface member may occur unintentionally, for example due to parts in a handbag hitting and moving a button while the user is walking around, whereas the relative movement required to actually perform the desired operation is less likely to occur unintentionally. This embodiment uses the relative movement of two components that occurs during dose delivery operation to switch the electronic system from a first, lower power consuming state to a second, higher power consuming state (where, for example, the motion sensing unit and/or communication unit is powered on). Integrating the switching process into the dose delivery operation has the advantage that in case the currently dispensed dose should be monitored via the motion sensing unit, the activation of the motion sensing unit can take place immediately if required (actually only when it should be monitored). Occurs after the operation has already started). Of course, it should be understood that a similar switching operation or the same switching operation may also be performed during the dose setting operation. However, the following description focuses on the dose delivery operation. Fig. 21 shows a perspective view of components of an electronic system related to the disclosed concept in the upper part and a top view of these components in the lower part. The different representations A to D illustrate different relative positions of the components during the dose delivery operation.

表示A展示了在剂量已被设定并且在剂量递送操作开始之前时的情形。描绘了壳体10、第一构件1780和第二构件1790的示意性图示。代替壳体10的一部分,外部部分也可以是第一构件的一部分和/或用户接口构件1600的一部分,如将通过对图31A和图31B中的表示的简要查看而变得清楚的。第一构件和第二构件是药物递送装置的或用于药物递送装置的剂量设定和驱动机构的一部分。例如,第一构件1780可以是拨选套筒或数字套筒或轴向地和/或旋转地锁定到其的构件,并且第二构件1790可以是驱动套筒或用户接口构件(例如,剂量和/或注射按钮)。第二构件1790的至少一个部段可以被接收在第一构件1780中。Representation A shows the situation when a dose has been set and before the dose delivery operation begins. A schematic illustration of housing 10 , first member 1780 and second member 1790 is depicted. Instead of being part of the housing 10, the outer portion may also be part of the first member and/or part of the user interface member 1600, as will become clear from a brief review of the representations in Figures 31A and 31B. The first member and the second member are part of a dose setting and drive mechanism of or for a drug delivery device. For example, the first member 1780 may be a dial sleeve or a number sleeve or a member axially and/or rotationally locked thereto, and the second member 1790 may be a drive sleeve or a user interface member (e.g., dose and and/or injection button). At least a section of the second member 1790 may be received in the first member 1780 .

为了进行剂量递送,第一构件1780相对于第二构件1790移动(例如,旋转)。第二构件可以直接或间接地与活塞杆接合,以驱动剂量递送操作。在剂量设定期间,第一构件1780和第二构件1790可以相对于壳体10共同旋转。因此,这些构件可以相对于彼此旋转锁定,诸如通过在剂量设定期间建立的接合器接口(例如,经由这两个构件上的匹配的齿,未示出)。在剂量递送期间和/或为了进行剂量递送,接合器接口可以被释放。通过在剂量设定程序期间从壳体突出的第一构件和/或第二构件,装置的长度可以增加一定量,所述量与设定剂量的大小成比例。然而,所公开的概念在剂量设定期间在没有这种拨选延伸部的情况下也将起作用。在剂量设定期间,剂量设定构件(例如,可以集成到第二构件中的用户接口构件1600)可以例如以增量改变方式(例如,以单位设定增量的整数倍)相对于壳体10旋转。这可以经由剂量设定接口(例如,棘轮接口(未明确示出))来实现,所述剂量设定接口根据单位设定增量来设定间距。这样的接口可以形成在第一构件1780与壳体之间,或者在剂量设定程序期间静止的另一构件与在设定期间相对于静止的构件可移动(例如,可旋转)的构件之间。剂量设定接口可以限定相应构件相对于壳体的稳定位置,这些稳定位置在角方向上分开一个单位设定增量。例如,一个单位设定增量可以对应于15°的旋转角度。因此,两个稳定旋转位置可以在角方向上分开15°。For dose delivery, the first member 1780 moves (eg, rotates) relative to the second member 1790 . The second member may directly or indirectly engage with the piston rod to drive the dose delivery operation. The first member 1780 and the second member 1790 may co-rotate relative to the housing 10 during dose setting. Thus, these components may be rotationally locked relative to each other, such as by an adapter interface established during dose setting (eg via mating teeth on the two components, not shown). The adapter interface may be released during and/or for dose delivery. With the first member and/or the second member protruding from the housing during the dose setting procedure, the length of the device may be increased by an amount proportional to the size of the set dose. However, the disclosed concept will also work without such a dial extension during dose setting. During dose setting, the dose setting member (e.g., the user interface member 1600 which may be integrated into the second member) may for example change in increments (e.g., in integer multiples of unit setting increments) relative to the housing 10 spins. This may be achieved via a dose setting interface, eg a ratchet interface (not explicitly shown) which sets the spacing in unit setting increments. Such an interface may be formed between the first member 1780 and the housing, or between another member that is stationary during the dose setting procedure and a member that is movable (e.g. rotatable) relative to the stationary member during setting . The dose setting interface may define stable positions of the respective member relative to the housing that are angularly separated by one unit setting increment. For example, one unit setting increment may correspond to a rotation angle of 15°. Thus, two stable rotational positions may be angularly separated by 15°.

为了将电子系统从第一状态切换至第二状态,这个概念利用使用信号生成接口在第一构件和第二构件相对于彼此旋转一个单位增量之前生成使用信号,这将在下文进一步讨论。使用信号生成接口也是增量改变接口,并且优选地以与剂量设定接口相同的方式增量改变或设定间距,或者可以具有更精细的间距或更小的增量。在所描绘的实施方案中,第一构件1780设有周向设置的棘轮凹部1800。两个邻近的棘轮凹部被棘轮齿1805分开。相应的齿1805是周向设置的。在所描绘的实施方案中,棘轮凹部1800限定在360°上分布的24个稳定位置,即,两个稳定位置以15°的角度分开。相应的棘轮凹部或限定这些凹部的齿1805可以径向地定向,即,齿可以具有径向自由端。齿可以向内指向。替代于第一构件包括棘轮,使用信号生成接口构件1880可以设有棘轮,所述棘轮至少旋转地锁定至第一构件1780,例如,所述第一构件可以是拨选套筒或数字套筒。在所描绘的实施方案中,两个邻近的棘轮凹部由不同倾斜的表面(陡表面以及较不陡的表面)来界定。这种棘轮接口被设置成限定单向接口,其中两个部件之间的相对旋转仅在一个旋转方向上是可能的。因此,所述接口可以用于阻挡在其他方向上的旋转,这可以增加采用所述系统的装置的安全性。在本构型中,允许第一构件1780相对于第二构件1790在逆时针方向上的旋转。方便地,所允许的旋转是在剂量递送操作期间发生的旋转。因此,接合器接口必须在系统被切换到第二状态之前被释放,而且剂量递送操作的一部分必须已经执行。To switch the electronic system from the first state to the second state, this concept utilizes the use signal generating interface to generate the use signal before the first member and the second member are rotated relative to each other by one unit increment, as will be discussed further below. The use signal generating interface is also an incrementally changing interface, and preferably incrementally changes or sets the pitch in the same way as the dose setting interface, or may have finer pitches or smaller increments. In the depicted embodiment, the first member 1780 is provided with circumferentially disposed ratchet recesses 1800 . Two adjacent ratchet pockets are separated by ratchet teeth 1805 . Corresponding teeth 1805 are arranged circumferentially. In the depicted embodiment, the ratchet recess 1800 defines 24 stable positions distributed over 360°, ie, two stable positions separated by an angle of 15°. The respective ratchet recesses or the teeth 1805 delimiting these recesses may be oriented radially, ie the teeth may have radial free ends. The teeth may point inwards. Instead of the first member comprising a ratchet, the usage signal generating interface member 1880 may be provided with a ratchet which is at least rotationally locked to the first member 1780, which may be a dial sleeve or a number sleeve, for example. In the depicted embodiment, two adjacent ratchet pockets are bounded by differently sloped surfaces, a steep surface and a less steep surface. Such a ratchet interface is arranged to define a unidirectional interface, wherein relative rotation between the two parts is only possible in one direction of rotation. Thus, the interface can be used to block rotation in other directions, which can increase the safety of devices employing the system. In this configuration, rotation of the first member 1780 relative to the second member 1790 is permitted in a counterclockwise direction. Conveniently, the allowed rotation is that which occurs during the dose delivery operation. Therefore, the adapter interface must be released and part of the dose delivery operation must have been performed before the system is switched to the second state.

此外,系统包括开关特征1810,例如,销状部件。开关特征1810响应于第一构件1780相对于第二构件1790的旋转而相对于棘轮凹部1800例如径向可移动。开关特征方便地在两个不同位置之间穿梭。在第一位置(例如,径向向外位置)中,所述特征与棘轮凹部1800接合,并且在第二位置(例如,向内位置)中,所述特征与棘轮齿的端面接合。如果第一构件1780相对于第二构件1790旋转,则由于在与旋转方向相反的角方向上界定棘轮凹部的倾斜表面,开关特征1810向内(例如径向向内)从第一位置移位到第二位置。开关特征1810可以被引导成使得,响应于第一构件1780的旋转,它仅线性地(例如,在径向方向上或主要在径向方向上)移动。为此目的,在第二构件1790中设置引导槽1820(例如,线性槽)。开关特征的自由端可以具有与棘轮凹部互补的形状。开关特征1810可以被紧密地接收在相应的棘轮凹部1800中。开关特征1810可以旋转地锁定到第二构件1790。开关特征可以径向地定向或者被布置成使得它限定与径向方向的角度。开关特征可以是电绝缘的,例如,是塑料的。Additionally, the system includes a switch feature 1810, eg, a pin. The switch feature 1810 is movable, eg, radially, relative to the ratchet recess 1800 in response to rotation of the first member 1780 relative to the second member 1790 . The switch feature conveniently shuttles between two different positions. In a first position (eg, a radially outward position), the feature engages the ratchet recess 1800 and in a second position (eg, an inward position), the feature engages an end surface of a ratchet tooth. If the first member 1780 is rotated relative to the second member 1790, the switch feature 1810 is displaced inwardly (e.g., radially inwardly) from the first position to second position. The switch feature 1810 may be directed such that it moves only linearly (eg, in a radial direction or primarily in a radial direction) in response to rotation of the first member 1780 . For this purpose, a guide groove 1820 (eg, a linear groove) is provided in the second member 1790 . The free end of the switch feature may have a shape complementary to the ratchet recess. Switch features 1810 may be snugly received in corresponding ratchet recesses 1800 . Switch feature 1810 may be rotationally locked to second member 1790 . The switch feature may be radially oriented or arranged such that it defines an angle to the radial direction. The switch feature may be electrically insulating, eg, plastic.

系统进一步包括第一电接触特征1830,例如,可弹性移位的特征。特征1830可以是金属特征和/或接触条。系统进一步包括第二电接触特征1840,例如,可弹性移位的特征。特征1840可以是金属特征和/或接触条。相应的接触特征可以固定到第二构件1790。相应特征可以具有自由端和/或相对于相应特征固定至第二构件1790的部分可移位的部分。第一接触特征1813被布置成当开关特征1810向内移位时朝向第二特征1840移动。The system further includes a first electrical contact feature 1830, eg, a resiliently displaceable feature. Features 1830 may be metal features and/or contact bars. The system further includes a second electrical contact feature 1840, eg, a resiliently displaceable feature. Features 1840 may be metal features and/or contact bars. Corresponding contact features may be secured to second member 1790 . The corresponding feature may have a free end and/or a portion that is displaceable relative to a portion of the corresponding feature fixed to the second member 1790 . The first contact feature 1813 is arranged to move towards the second feature 1840 when the switch feature 1810 is displaced inwardly.

在表示A中描绘的情形中,第一电接触特征1810可以向外推促开关特征1810,以将开关特征维持处于与它当前接合的棘轮凹部1800接合。因此,在表示A中,开关特征1810和第一电接触特征邻接。然而,接触特征1840和1830是分开的并且不导电连接。In the situation depicted in representation A, the first electrical contact feature 1810 may push the switch feature 1810 outward to maintain the switch feature in engagement with the ratchet recess 1800 it is currently engaged. Thus, in representation A, the switch feature 1810 and the first electrical contact feature adjoin. However, contact features 1840 and 1830 are separate and not electrically connected.

当从表示A中的情形开始,开始涉及第一构件相对于第二构件的相对旋转的剂量分配操作时,开关特征1810将向内移位。开关特征8010随其携带第一电接触特征1830并且使其朝向第二电接触特征1840的一部分移动,直到这些接触特征彼此机械和电接触(如表示B中所描绘的)。通过这种接触,可以生成使用信号,所述使用信号可以用于触发将电子系统切换至功率消耗较高的第二状态,如上文已经讨论的。例如,两个接触特征可以导电地连接至电源1500,并且作为使用信号的电流仅在这些接触特征导电连接的情况下流动。使用信号优选地在第一构件相对于第二构件已旋转了小于一个单位增量时生成,如表示B中所描绘的。优选地,在使用信号生成之前,剂量设定和驱动机构的活塞杆已经移位(例如,由经由第二构件1790从用户传递给活塞杆的用户力驱动)以开始从装置的容器分配第一单位增量的药物。第一接触特征1830和第二接触特征1840的邻接的部分通过开关特征1810一起移位,如表示C中所描绘的。这确保了在所有容差条件下都生成使用信号。当继续旋转时,再次允许开关特征1810向外移动成与下一个棘轮凹部1800接合。此移动由第一接触特征1830提供的弹力驱动。因此,在已经完成了一个单位增量(信号生成增量)的旋转之后,开关特征1810再次搁置在棘轮凹部中。而且,第二接触特征1840返回到其初始位置,使得在已经完成了一个单位增量的旋转之后,系统处于表示D中所描绘的情形中,除了一个单位增量的相对旋转之外,所述情形对应于表示A中的情形。当剂量递送继续时,在下一个增量期间使这些特征再次接触,其中再次生成信号。When, starting from the situation in representation A, a dose dispensing operation involving relative rotation of the first member relative to the second member is initiated, the switch feature 1810 will be displaced inwardly. The switch feature 8010 carries with it the first electrical contact feature 1830 and moves it toward a portion of the second electrical contact feature 1840 until the contact features make mechanical and electrical contact with each other (as depicted in representation B). Through this contact, a use signal can be generated which can be used to trigger switching of the electronic system to the second state with higher power consumption, as already discussed above. For example, two contact features may be conductively connected to the power source 1500, and current as a usage signal flows only if these contact features are conductively connected. The use signal is preferably generated when the first member has rotated less than one unit increment relative to the second member, as depicted in representation B. Preferably, the piston rod of the dose setting and drive mechanism has been displaced (eg driven by user force transmitted to the piston rod from the user via the second member 1790) before the use signal is generated to begin dispensing the first dose from the container of the device. Drugs in unit increments. Adjoining portions of the first contact feature 1830 and the second contact feature 1840 are displaced together by the switch feature 1810, as depicted in representation C. This ensures that the usage signal is generated under all tolerance conditions. As rotation continues, the switch feature 1810 is again allowed to move outward into engagement with the next ratchet recess 1800 . This movement is driven by the spring force provided by the first contact feature 1830 . Thus, after a rotation of one unit increment (signal generating increment) has been completed, the switch feature 1810 rests in the ratchet recess again. Also, the second contact feature 1840 returns to its original position such that after the rotation of one unit increment has been completed, the system is in the situation depicted in representation D, except for the relative rotation of one unit increment, the Situation corresponds to that in representation A. As dose delivery continues, the features are brought into contact again during the next increment, where the signal is again generated.

因此,使用信号可以取决于两个构件1780与1790之间的相对旋转以增量改变的方式生成。而且,确保了在完成一个单位增量的旋转之前使用信号已经生成。因此,如果运动感测单元1200已被切换到感测状态(其中运动感测单元的部件(诸如(多个)LED和(多个)传感器)被供以电力并且检测在剂量递送操作的进一步过程期间第一构件与第二构件之间的相对旋转),则可以例如考虑一个单位增量的偏移,例如,通过将与使用信号生成接口的一个单位增量对应的角度添加给从运动感测单元的信号得出的旋转角度的计算结果。有利的是,剂量设定接口和使用信号生成接口以与上文已经讨论的方式相同的方式增量改变。然而,在使用信号生成接口与剂量设定接口相比优选地更精细地设定间距(即,在角方向上具有更小的增量)的情况下,不同的增量也是可能的。然而,也可以使使用信号生成接口的增量间距比剂量设定接口的增量间距更粗。Thus, the usage signal may be generated in an incrementally changing manner depending on the relative rotation between the two members 1780 and 1790 . Also, it is ensured that the use signal is generated before completing a rotation of one unit increment. Thus, if the motion sensing unit 1200 has been switched to a sensing state (wherein components of the motion sensing unit such as LED(s) and sensor(s) are powered and detect further progress in dose delivery operation During the relative rotation between the first member and the second member), an offset of one unit increment can be considered, for example, by adding an angle corresponding to one unit increment using the signal generating interface to the sensor from the motion sensing The calculation result of the rotation angle derived from the signal of the unit. Advantageously, the dose setting interface and usage signal generation interface are changed incrementally in the same way as already discussed above. However, different increments are also possible in case the signal generation interface is used to preferably set the pitch more finely (ie with smaller increments in the angular direction) than the dose setting interface. However, it is also possible to make the incremental pitch of the use signal generation interface coarser than that of the dose setting interface.

在第一电接触特征和第二电接触特征的被设计成邻接以触发使用信号生成的部分中,可以布置从一个部分指向另一个部分的突出部或凸起。在所描绘的实施方案中,这样的突出部1850被设置在第二电接触特征1840上。这还可以帮助即使在极端容差条件下也保证使用信号。然而,这样的突出部不需要存在。可替代地,两个接触特征可以设有这样的突出部1850。此外,还可以设想使用单独的偏置构件来驱动开关特征的相应移动和/或相应接触特征的任何移动,其中偏置构件在这些接触特征邻接和/或一起移动时被偏置。In portions of the first and second electrical contact features designed to abut to trigger usage signal generation, a protrusion or protrusion pointing from one portion to the other may be arranged. In the depicted embodiment, such a protrusion 1850 is provided on the second electrical contact feature 1840 . This also helps to guarantee the use of the signal even under extreme tolerance conditions. However, such protrusions need not be present. Alternatively, two contact features may be provided with such protrusions 1850 . Furthermore, it is also conceivable to drive the corresponding movement of the switch features and/or any movement of the corresponding contact features using a separate biasing member which is biased when the contact features abut and/or move together.

具有径向定向的棘轮特征(凹部和齿)和径向/横向定向的开关特征便于第一构件与第二构件之间的轴向相对移动,这对于释放/建立接合器接口和/或为了在剂量设定操作与剂量递送操作之间进行切换可能是必要的。然而,还可以存在不涉及接合器接口的这种切换的系统。为了允许相对轴向移动,棘轮凹部可以具有足以容许这种移动的轴向延伸部。也就是说,开关特征可以在棘轮凹部内被轴向地引导一段距离,所述距离对应于切换接合器接口的状态(例如,从连接状态或建立状态到未联接状态或释放状态或反之亦然)所需的距离。Having radially oriented ratchet features (recesses and teeth) and radially/transversely oriented switch features facilitates axial relative movement between the first member and the second member, which is useful for releasing/establishing the adapter interface and/or for Switching between dose setting operations and dose delivery operations may be necessary. However, there may also be systems that do not involve such switching of the adapter interface. To allow relative axial movement, the ratchet recess may have an axial extension sufficient to allow such movement. That is, the switch feature may be axially guided within the ratchet recess a distance corresponding to the state of the toggle adapter interface (e.g., from a connected or established state to an uncoupled or released state or vice versa. ) required distance.

有利的是,操作由第一电接触特征和第二电接触特征建立的开关所需的力尽可能小,以便避免用户在剂量递送操作期间必须施加太多的力。Advantageously, the force required to operate the switch established by the first and second electrical contact features is as small as possible in order to avoid that the user has to apply too much force during the dose delivery operation.

在所描绘的情形下,在整个剂量递送操作过程中,每当开关特征1810从一个棘轮凹部改变位置到下一个棘轮凹部中时所述开关特征向内移位时,生成使用信号。In the situation depicted, throughout the dose delivery operation, the use signal is generated whenever the switch feature 1810 is displaced inwardly as it changes position from one ratchet recess to the next.

在一个实施方案中,第一构件1780或使用信号生成接口构件1880可以相对于第二构件1790(例如,剂量按钮和/或驱动套筒)轴向联接(例如,锁定)。这种构型避免了具有棘轮特征(1800、1805)的构件相对于其旋转应被监测的构件和/或开关特征1810的相对轴向移动。在这种情况下,棘轮可以相对于其旋转应被监测的构件轴向地移位。开关特征1810和棘轮的相对轴向位置可以是恒定的。可替代地,当剂量递送操作正被启动或开始时,开关特征相对于棘轮轴向地移位。In one embodiment, the first member 1780 or the use signal generating interface member 1880 can be axially coupled (eg, locked) relative to the second member 1790 (eg, dose button and/or drive sleeve). This configuration avoids relative axial movement of the member having the ratchet feature (1800, 1805) relative to the member whose rotation should be monitored and/or the switch feature 1810. In this case, the ratchet can be displaced axially relative to the component whose rotation is to be monitored. The relative axial positions of the switch feature 1810 and the ratchet can be constant. Alternatively, the switch feature is axially displaced relative to the ratchet when the dose delivery operation is being activated or initiated.

除了生成一个或多个使用信号之外,可以使用所公开的构型,以便在分配操作期间生成可听的和/或触觉的反馈和/或防止第一构件与第二构件之间在不期望的方向上的相对旋转。In addition to generating one or more usage signals, the disclosed configurations can be used to generate audible and/or tactile feedback and/or prevent unwanted communication between the first member and the second member during the dispensing operation. Relative rotation in the direction of .

在本构型中,可以在没有来自用户的直接接触的情况下触发使用信号的生成,即,不必由用户机械接触的开关。此外,引起使用信号生成的事件被集成到药物递送装置的常规操作程序中、特别是集成到剂量递送操作中(在用户接口构件/按钮已经移动到此操作所需的位置中之后并且当用户接口构件已经到达该位置时),第一构件与第二构件之间的相对移动已经开始。为了将电子系统切换至第二状态,单独的用户动作不是必需的。此外,使用信号增量可以与剂量单位增量相匹配,这是有利的,因为电子系统的状态的切换可以被精确地调谐于剂量单位增量。In this configuration, the generation of the use signal can be triggered without direct contact from the user, ie a switch that does not have to be mechanically contacted by the user. Furthermore, the event causing usage signal generation is integrated into the regular operating procedure of the drug delivery device, in particular into the dose delivery operation (after the user interface member/button has been moved into the position required for this operation and when the user interface member has reached this position), the relative movement between the first member and the second member has started. No separate user action is necessary in order to switch the electronic system to the second state. Furthermore, the usage signal increments can be matched to the dosage unit increments, which is advantageous because the switching of the state of the electronic system can be precisely tuned to the dosage unit increments.

在替代设计中,开关特征可以枢转地安装到第一构件,使得第一构件的旋转引起在垂直于旋转轴线的平面中的枢转移动。In an alternative design, the switch feature may be pivotally mounted to the first member such that rotation of the first member causes pivotal movement in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation.

图22基于两个表示A和B展示了电子系统的另一个实施方案。如将容易认识到的,这个实施方案与结合图21所讨论的实施方案非常相似。然而,在此实施方案中,就开关特征1810与棘轮的接合而言,情形略有不同,所述棘轮由被棘轮齿1805分开的棘轮凹部1800限定。如上文已经进一步讨论的,结合图21中的实施方案,开关特征1810可以在第一构件1780和第二构件1790的第一轴向相对位置中以及在这些可移动构件的第二轴向位置中与棘轮凹部和/或棘轮齿接合。第一轴向位置和第二轴向位置可以是第一构件和第二构件相对于彼此可具有的两个极限位置。例如,从初始位置开始,第二构件1790可以相对于第一构件1780轴向(例如,向远侧)移动,直到它已经到达终止位置。因此,在图21中,在终止位置中,开关特征1810还与棘轮齿和/或棘轮凹部接合。由于在剂量递送操作中在第一构件1780与第二构件1790之间存在相对旋转移动,所以需要提供力或扭矩(例如,当装置被用户驱动时由用户)来连续地递增改变棘轮。然而,在初始使用信号生成之后,另外的使用信号可能不再是必要的,因为电子系统已经切换到功率消耗较高的状态,使得可以执行经由剂量记录或运动感测单元的剂量记录。Figure 22 shows another embodiment of an electronic system based on two representations A and B. As will be readily appreciated, this embodiment is very similar to that discussed in connection with FIG. 21 . In this embodiment, however, the situation is slightly different with respect to the engagement of the switch feature 1810 with the ratchet defined by the ratchet recesses 1800 separated by the ratchet teeth 1805 . As has been discussed further above, in connection with the embodiment in FIG. 21 , the switch feature 1810 can be in a first axially relative position of the first member 1780 and the second member 1790 and in a second axial position of the movable members. Engages with ratchet recesses and/or ratchet teeth. The first axial position and the second axial position may be two extreme positions that the first member and the second member may have relative to each other. For example, from an initial position, the second member 1790 can move axially (eg, distally) relative to the first member 1780 until it has reached the final position. Thus, in FIG. 21 , in the end position, the switch feature 1810 is also engaged with the ratchet teeth and/or ratchet recesses. Due to the relative rotational movement between the first member 1780 and the second member 1790 during dose delivery operation, it is necessary to provide force or torque (eg by the user when the device is driven by the user) to continuously incrementally change the ratchet. However, after the initial usage signal generation, an additional usage signal may no longer be necessary, since the electronic system has switched to a state with higher power consumption, so that dose logging via the dose logging or motion sensing unit can be performed.

因此,减小所述力可以是有利的。因此,在图22中所示的这个实施方案中,在第一构件1780和第二构件1790的第一相对轴向位置中,开关特征1810接合棘轮,并且在第一构件与第二构件之间的相对旋转导致开关特征被移位以生成使用信号。然而,当第一构件1780和第二构件1790已经到达第二相对轴向位置时,开关特征1810已经与棘轮脱离接合。使用信号仍然通过第一构件和第二构件的相对旋转而生成。第一相对轴向位置可以是这两个构件的例如由诸如接合器弹簧等偏置构件维持的常规位置。当处于第二相对位置时,去除例如由用户产生的反作用力,可以通过弹簧再次建立第一相对位置。Therefore, it may be advantageous to reduce said force. Thus, in this embodiment shown in FIG. 22, in a first relative axial position of the first member 1780 and the second member 1790, the switch feature 1810 engages the ratchet, and between the first member and the second member The relative rotation of causes the switch feature to be displaced to generate the use signal. However, when the first member 1780 and the second member 1790 have reached the second relative axial position, the switch feature 1810 has been disengaged from the ratchet. The use signal is still generated by the relative rotation of the first member and the second member. The first relative axial position may be the conventional position of the two members, for example maintained by a biasing member such as an adapter spring. When in the second relative position, the first relative position can be established again by means of the spring, removing the reaction force, eg generated by the user.

表示A展示了当使用信号的生成已被触发(由邻接的接触特征1830和1840指示)时在构件1780、1790的第一轴向位置与第二轴向位置之间的相对移动期间的中间状态。具体地,图22中的表示A中的状态对应于图21的表示C中的状态。然而,在相对轴向移动结束时,开关特征1810已经与棘轮脱离接合。例如,所述开关特征可以从棘轮轴向偏移(例如,向远侧偏移)。这种情形在图22的表示B中示出。在此,展示了第一构件1780与第二构件1790之间的第二相对轴向位置。如立即显而易见的,开关特征1810现在接合(特别是径向地接合)表面1860。所述表面可以是光滑的,特别是与其中设置棘轮凹部1800和棘轮齿1805的区相比。表面1860可以是圆柱形的。斜坡1870被布置在表面1860与相应的棘轮凹部1800或棘轮齿1805之间。斜坡可以被限定在相应的棘轮凹部1800的末端部段中,所述棘轮凹部在第一构件和第二构件从第一轴向位置到第二轴向位置的相对移动期间接合开关特征1810。当沿着开关特征1810相对于棘轮凹部1800的移动方向来看时,斜坡可以在轴向方向上(例如,向内)倾斜,以使开关特征1810与凹部脱离接合。当被开关特征1810接合时,斜坡可以在径向向内的方向上引导开关特征1810,直到棘轮凹部1800脱离接合。然后,开关特征1810可以接合表面1860。表面1860可以对由弹性变形的第一接触特征1830和/或第二接触特征1840提供的残余力作出反应。因此,在第一构件与第二构件之间的第二相对轴向位置中,触点可以连续地闭合,并且可以生成使用信号。Representation A shows an intermediate state during relative movement of the members 1780, 1790 between the first and second axial positions when the generation of the usage signal has been triggered (indicated by the adjoining contact features 1830 and 1840) . Specifically, the state in representation A in FIG. 22 corresponds to the state in representation C in FIG. 21 . However, at the end of the relative axial movement, the switch feature 1810 has disengaged from the ratchet. For example, the switch feature may be axially offset (eg, distally) from the ratchet. This situation is shown in representation B of FIG. 22 . Here, a second relative axial position between the first member 1780 and the second member 1790 is shown. As is immediately apparent, the switch feature 1810 now engages (particularly radially engages) the surface 1860 . The surface may be smooth, especially compared to the area in which the ratchet recesses 1800 and ratchet teeth 1805 are located. Surface 1860 may be cylindrical. The ramp 1870 is disposed between the surface 1860 and the corresponding ratchet recess 1800 or ratchet tooth 1805 . A ramp may be defined in an end section of a corresponding ratchet recess 1800 that engages the switch feature 1810 during relative movement of the first and second members from the first axial position to the second axial position. When viewed along the direction of movement of the switch feature 1810 relative to the ratchet recess 1800, the ramp may slope in an axial direction (eg, inwardly) to disengage the switch feature 1810 from the recess. When engaged by the switch feature 1810, the ramp can guide the switch feature 1810 in a radially inward direction until the ratchet recess 1800 is disengaged. Switch feature 1810 may then engage surface 1860 . Surface 1860 may respond to residual forces provided by elastically deformed first contact feature 1830 and/or second contact feature 1840 . Thus, in the second relative axial position between the first member and the second member, the contacts may be continuously closed and a use signal may be generated.

接触特征1830和1840不必在第一构件和第二构件的第二相对轴向位置中彼此接合。这可以通过在开关特征1810设置在第一构件和第二构件的第二相对轴向位置中的区域中加宽系统(例如,第一构件1780)的内部来实现。这未明确展示。在这种情况下,在沿着移动方向来看时向外倾斜的斜坡可以被轴向地设置在棘轮凹部1800与开关特征1810之间。当已经完成递送操作之后重新建立第一构件与第二构件之间的第一相对位置时,此斜坡可以用于使开关特征与棘轮凹部1800重新接合。在此,第一构件的其中开关特征在第一构件和第二构件的第二相对轴向位置中轴向上布置所在的那个部分中的径向宽度优选地大于在棘轮齿的自由端之间限定的径向宽度。The contact features 1830 and 1840 need not engage each other in the second relative axial position of the first member and the second member. This may be accomplished by widening the interior of the system (eg, first member 1780 ) in the region where switch feature 1810 is disposed in the second relative axial position of the first and second members. This is not explicitly shown. In this case, an outwardly sloping ramp when viewed along the direction of movement may be provided axially between the ratchet recess 1800 and the switch feature 1810 . This ramp may be used to re-engage the switch feature with the ratchet recess 1800 when the first relative position between the first member and the second member is re-established after the delivery operation has been completed. Here, the radial width in that part of the first component in which the switching feature is arranged axially in the second relative axial position of the first component and the second component is preferably greater than between the free ends of the ratchet teeth Defined radial width.

在此实施方案中,棘轮凹部和/或齿的轴向延伸可以大于释放接合器接口以便将第一构件与第二构件彼此旋转地脱离联接所需的距离。棘轮凹部的轴向延伸被方便地选择为使得它容许在甚至极端容差条件下也触发使用信号。用户接口构件/按钮可以在远侧方向上从初始位置可移动到剂量递送位置。所述距离可以大于释放接合器接口所需的距离。In this embodiment, the axial extension of the ratchet recesses and/or teeth may be greater than the distance required to release the adapter interface in order to rotationally decouple the first and second members from each other. The axial extension of the ratchet recess is conveniently chosen such that it allows triggering of the use signal even under extreme tolerance conditions. The user interface member/button is movable in the distal direction from an initial position to a dose delivery position. The distance may be greater than that required to release the adapter interface.

在此实施方案中,在接触特征在第二相对轴向位置中相接触的情况下(如图22的表示B中),用户接口构件可以用于生成使用信号而无需相对旋转,因为触点在第二位置中闭合。因此,就电力消耗而言,触点在第二相对轴向位置不闭合的选项可以是有利的。In this embodiment, with the contact features in contact in a second relative axial position (as in representation B of FIG. 22 ), the user interface member can be used to generate a usage signal without relative rotation because the contacts are in closed in the second position. Thus, the option of the contacts not closing in the second relative axial position may be advantageous in terms of power consumption.

图23基于三个不同的表示A至C展示了电子系统的又另一个实施方案。所述系统的总体设定与上文结合图21和图22进一步公开的系统非常相似。因此,以下讨论将集中于差异。Figure 23 shows yet another embodiment of an electronic system based on three different representations A to C. The overall setup of the system is very similar to that disclosed further above in connection with FIGS. 21 and 22 . Therefore, the following discussion will focus on the differences.

如在先前的实施方案中,提供了第一构件1780(例如,数字套筒、拨选套筒和/或旋转地和/或轴向地附接至其的部件)和第二构件1790(例如,驱动套筒或剂量和/或注射按钮)。还描绘了壳体10。在剂量设定操作期间,第一构件和第二构件可以彼此旋转地锁定,但是在剂量递送操作期间,存在相对旋转。例如,在剂量递送期间,第一构件1780可以相对于第二构件1790并且相对于壳体10旋转。第二构件1790可以在剂量递送期间旋转地锁定到壳体。如在已经讨论的实施方案中,第一构件相对于第二构件的旋转角度可以指示已经分配的剂量的大小。As in previous embodiments, a first member 1780 (eg, a number sleeve, a dial sleeve, and/or components attached thereto rotationally and/or axially) and a second member 1790 (eg, , to actuate the sleeve or dose and/or injection button). Housing 10 is also depicted. During dose setting operations the first and second members may be rotationally locked to each other, but during dose delivery operations there is relative rotation. For example, the first member 1780 may rotate relative to the second member 1790 and relative to the housing 10 during dose delivery. The second member 1790 may be rotationally locked to the housing during dose delivery. As in the already discussed embodiments, the angle of rotation of the first member relative to the second member may be indicative of the size of the dose that has been dispensed.

在此实施方案中,再次地,第一构件1780与第二构件1790之间的相对旋转用于触发使用信号生成。如在上文进一步描述的实施方案中,为此目的,提供开关特征1810。开关特征1810总体上以与先前讨论的相同的方式配置。然而,其取向是不同的,因为它是轴向定向的(如在表示A中可见),其对于系统的所描述的元件上呈现倾斜视图,所述系统当然可以具有另外的元件。开关特征1810轴向移动,以便通过触发传感器或开关来生成使用信号,与先前讨论的实施方案相反,这未明确地展示。传感器或开关可以经由电接触特征或经由力传感器或压力传感器来实现,所述力传感器或压力传感器由开关特征机械地接触,以便触发使用信号的生成。使用信号可以被馈送至电子控制单元并且可以用于由控制单元触发将系统切换至第二状态。In this embodiment, again, relative rotation between the first member 1780 and the second member 1790 is used to trigger usage signal generation. As in the embodiments described further above, a switch feature 1810 is provided for this purpose. The switch feature 1810 is generally configured in the same manner as previously discussed. However, its orientation is different because it is axially oriented (as seen in representation A), which presents an oblique view on the described elements of the system, which may of course have additional elements. The switch feature 1810 moves axially to generate a usage signal by triggering a sensor or switch, which is not explicitly shown, contrary to previously discussed embodiments. The sensor or switch may be implemented via an electrical contact feature or via a force or pressure sensor that is mechanically contacted by the switch feature in order to trigger the generation of the use signal. The use signal may be fed to the electronic control unit and may be used to trigger switching of the system into the second state by the control unit.

开关特征1810再次与棘轮凹部1800和/或棘轮齿1805操作性地联接或接合。棘轮齿和棘轮凹部一起限定棘轮。与先前的实施方案相反,棘轮凹部1800和/或棘轮齿是轴向地定向的。例如,棘轮齿1805的自由端可以在轴向方向上(诸如在近侧方向上)定向。棘轮齿可以具有螺旋构型。也就是说,当在俯视图中沿着旋转轴线例如沿远侧方向观察时,齿的倾斜侧面可以螺旋地延伸。当在棘轮齿1805与开关特征1810之间存在相对旋转时,开关特征可以相对于棘轮凹部和/或棘轮齿轴向地(例如,背离齿和/或相对于棘轮凹部向外)移位。这种轴向移动可以用于触发使用信号。Switch feature 1810 is again operatively coupled or engaged with ratchet recess 1800 and/or ratchet teeth 1805 . The ratchet teeth and the ratchet recess together define a ratchet. In contrast to previous embodiments, the ratchet recesses 1800 and/or the ratchet teeth are axially oriented. For example, the free ends of ratchet teeth 1805 may be oriented in an axial direction, such as in a proximal direction. The ratchet teeth may have a helical configuration. That is, the inclined flanks of the teeth may extend helically when viewed in plan view along the axis of rotation, for example in the distal direction. When there is relative rotation between the ratchet tooth 1805 and the switch feature 1810, the switch feature may be displaced axially (eg, away from the tooth and/or outwardly relative to the ratchet recess) relative to the ratchet recess and/or the ratchet tooth. This axial movement can be used to trigger usage signals.

在本实施方案中,与前述实施方案相反,明确地展示了(单独的)信号生成接口构件1880。这样的构件也可以提供在前述实施方案中或者可以省略。信号生成接口构件1880或其至少一部分可以径向地或轴向地布置在第一构件1780与第二构件1790之间。棘轮可以设置在信号生成接口构件1880上。信号生成接口构件1880可以机械地联接至第一构件1780和/或第二构件1790。例如,信号生成接口构件1880可以旋转地锁定到相对于壳体并相对于另一个构件旋转的那个构件上。例如,所述信号生成接口构件可以旋转地锁定到第一构件1780。信号生成接口构件可以轴向地锁定或联接至另一个构件,所述另一个构件例如在剂量递送期间优选不相对于壳体10旋转。例如,构件1880可以轴向地联接至第二构件1790。可以具有环状构型的信号生成接口构件1880所轴向紧固、锁定或联接到的第一构件和第二构件中的一个可以是承载由开关特征1810的移动触发的传感器或开关的构件。当轴向地联接至构件中的一个(例如,第二构件1790)时,信号生成接口构件1880可以遵循该构件的尤其是在远侧方向上和/或在近侧方向上的轴向移动。In this embodiment, in contrast to the previous embodiments, a (separate) signal generation interface component 1880 is explicitly shown. Such components may also be provided in the foregoing embodiments or may be omitted. The signal generating interface member 1880 or at least a portion thereof may be disposed radially or axially between the first member 1780 and the second member 1790 . A ratchet may be provided on the signal generation interface member 1880 . Signal generating interface member 1880 may be mechanically coupled to first member 1780 and/or second member 1790 . For example, signal generating interface member 1880 may be rotationally locked to that member relative to the housing and rotated relative to another member. For example, the signal generating interface member may be rotationally locked to the first member 1780 . The signal generating interface member may be axially locked or coupled to another member which preferably does not rotate relative to the housing 10 eg during dose delivery. For example, member 1880 may be axially coupled to second member 1790 . One of the first and second members to which the signal generating interface member 1880 is axially secured, locked or coupled, which may have a ring configuration, may be the member carrying a sensor or switch triggered by movement of the switch feature 1810 . When axially coupled to one of the members (eg, second member 1790 ), signal generating interface member 1880 may follow axial movement of that member, particularly in a distal direction and/or in a proximal direction.

当信号生成接口构件1880旋转地锁定到构件中的另一个(例如,第一构件1780)时,它可以与该构件一起相对于壳体和/或相对于另一个构件(例如,相对于第二构件1790)旋转。When the signal generating interface member 1880 is rotationally locked to another of the members (e.g., the first member 1780), it can be with that member relative to the housing and/or relative to the other member (e.g., relative to the second member 1780). member 1790) rotates.

在所描绘的实施方案中,信号生成接口构件1880优选地旋转锁定到第一构件1780并且可以轴向锁定到第二构件1790。因此,当例如通过使第二构件1790相对于第一构件1780轴向地(例如,向远侧)移位而释放第一构件与第二构件之间的接合器接口时,可以维持构件1880到第一构件1780的旋转锁定,并且信号生成接口构件与第二构件一起相对于第一构件在轴向方向上移动。旋转锁定可以通过花键来实现,所述花键在接口构件1880与第一构件1780之间提供旋转锁定(未明确展示)。轴向锁定可以通过第二构件1790中的周向凹槽来实现。In the depicted embodiment, signal generating interface member 1880 is preferably rotationally locked to first member 1780 and may be axially locked to second member 1790 . Thus, when the adapter interface between the first member and the second member is released, for example by axially (eg, distally) displacing the second member 1790 relative to the first member 1780, the member 1880 can be maintained to The rotation of the first member 1780 is locked and the signal generating interface member moves with the second member in an axial direction relative to the first member. Rotational locking may be achieved by splines that provide rotational locking between interface member 1880 and first member 1780 (not expressly shown). Axial locking may be achieved by a circumferential groove in the second member 1790 .

第一构件1780或信号生成接口构件1880可以设有用于运动感测单元的编码器表面或检测区域1890,诸如先前已经描述的反射表面或区域70a。检测区域之间的区域可以是非反射区域70b。在所描绘的实施方案中,检测区域1890由径向向外突出的突出部形成,其中其他构型是可能的。所述区域被周向地、优选均匀地设置和/或轴向地对齐(即,布置在相同的轴向位置处),其中所述轴线方便地是系统的纵向轴线或第一构件1780相对于壳体10的旋转轴线。换句话说,区域1890可以均匀分布。所有区域1890可以具有相同的构型(例如,角宽度和/或形状)。The first member 1780 or signal generating interface member 1880 may be provided with an encoder surface or detection area 1890 for a motion sensing unit, such as the reflective surface or area 70a already described previously. The area between the detection areas may be a non-reflective area 70b. In the depicted embodiment, the detection region 1890 is formed by a radially outwardly projecting protrusion, where other configurations are possible. Said regions are circumferentially, preferably uniformly arranged and/or axially aligned (i.e. arranged at the same axial position), wherein said axis is conveniently the longitudinal axis of the system or the relative axis of the first member 1780 Axis of rotation of housing 10 . In other words, regions 1890 may be evenly distributed. All regions 1890 may have the same configuration (eg, angular width and/or shape).

表示B和C再次示出在第一构件1780相对于第二构件1790的相对移动期间的不同阶段。如将容易认识到的,当第一构件1780特别是在顺时针方向上旋转时,由于与棘轮齿1805的倾斜侧表面的相互作用,开关特征1810将轴向地移位到它在表示B中当前所处的棘轮凹部1800之外,直到它与棘轮凹部1800脱离接合(参见图示C)。随着旋转继续,开关特征1810例如由于偏置构件和/或可弹性变形的接触特征(未明确示出)而重新接合随后的棘轮凹部1800,所述可弹性变形的接触特征例如通过偏置构件将开关特征偏置成与棘轮凹部1800相接合,所述偏置构件将轴向(例如向远侧)指向的力提供到开关特征1810上。在表示C中的情形中,例如通过特征1810触发开关(诸如微开关),生成使用信号。优选地,开关的操作力较小,以将驱动系统所需的力的总体增大保持在合理水平。当从表示C继续旋转时,随后的棘轮凹部被开关特征接合。Representations B and C again show different stages during the relative movement of the first member 1780 relative to the second member 1790 . As will be readily appreciated, when the first member 1780 is rotated, particularly in the clockwise direction, the switch feature 1810 will be axially displaced to where it is in representation B due to the interaction with the sloped side surface of the ratchet teeth 1805. Out of the ratchet recess 1800 it is currently in until it disengages from the ratchet recess 1800 (see illustration C). As rotation continues, the switch feature 1810 re-engages the subsequent ratchet recess 1800, for example due to a biasing member and/or an elastically deformable contact feature (not expressly shown), such as via a biasing member. Biasing the switch feature into engagement with the ratchet recess 1800 provides an axial (eg, distally) directed force on the switch feature 1810 . In the case shown in C, a switch, such as a microswitch, is triggered, for example by feature 1810, generating a use signal. Preferably, the operating force of the switch is low to keep the overall increase in force required to drive the system to a reasonable level. As rotation continues from representation C, the subsequent ratchet recess is engaged by the switch feature.

图24展示了电子系统的另一个实施方案。图24表示截面视图,其再次示出了第一构件1780和第二构件1790,第一构件在剂量递送期间相对于所述第二构件旋转。基本上,此实施方案对应于先前的实施方案,这就是在这方面的描述也适用于本实施方案的原因,这对本领域技术人员是显而易见的。因此,以下描述集中于差异。Figure 24 shows another embodiment of the electronic system. Figure 24 shows a cross-sectional view again showing the first member 1780 and the second member 1790 relative to which the first member rotates during dose delivery. Basically, this embodiment corresponds to the previous embodiment, which is why the description in this respect also applies to the present embodiment, as is obvious to a person skilled in the art. Therefore, the following description focuses on the differences.

再次地,第一构件1780可以是具有棘轮的使用信号生成接口构件1880(所述棘轮具有棘轮凹部和棘轮齿1800/1805)或者使用信号生成接口构件1880所连接、优选地旋转地锁定到的另一个构件。可以允许使用信号生成接口构件1880和第一构件(如果它们是分开的部件的话)之间的有限的相对轴向移动。可替代地或另外地,使用信号生成接口构件1880可以轴向锁定至第二构件1790。再次地,开关特征1810被可移动地固持在第二构件1790中。开关特征1810相对于旋转轴线被线性地(例如,横向地和/或径向地)引导,所述旋转轴线在本实施方案中垂直于在所示截面视图中表示的平面。引导槽1820可以接收开关特征以便引导开关特征的线性移动。Again, the first member 1780 may be a usage signal generating interface member 1880 having a ratchet with ratchet recesses and ratchet teeth 1800/1805 or another to which the usage signal generating interface member 1880 is connected, preferably rotationally locked. a component. Limited relative axial movement between the use signal generating interface member 1880 and the first member (if they are separate parts) may be permitted. Alternatively or additionally, the use signal generating interface member 1880 may be axially locked to the second member 1790 . Again, the switch feature 1810 is movably retained in the second member 1790 . The switch feature 1810 is guided linearly (eg, laterally and/or radially) relative to an axis of rotation, which in this embodiment is perpendicular to the plane represented in the cross-sectional view shown. Guide slot 1820 may receive a switch feature to guide linear movement of the switch feature.

图24展示了当第一构件1780和第二构件1790例如由于第一构件1790与第二构件之间诸如在剂量设定期间的接合器联接而共同旋转时的情形。在这种情形中,开关特征1810维持接触特征1830与1840之间的距离。具体地,接触特征1830在图24中描绘的情形中可以弹性地移位或变形,使得开关特征1810朝向棘轮齿1805(在所描绘的情形中径向地向外)偏置。开关特征的径向端面(例如,径向向外的端面)邻接棘轮齿1805的径向端面。齿的端面可以是平坦的。当允许第一构件1780与第二构件1790之间的相对旋转时,接触特征1830的偏置使开关特征1810径向地移动并且闭合与接触特征1840的电连接。随着构件1780的旋转继续,开关特征1810再次使接触特征1830背离接触特征1840移位。以此方式,在由齿1805的间距确定的剂量递送增量改变方式期间生成使用信号。Figure 24 illustrates the situation when the first member 1780 and the second member 1790 are co-rotating eg due to an adapter coupling between the first member 1790 and the second member, such as during dose setting. In this case, switch feature 1810 maintains the distance between contact features 1830 and 1840 . In particular, the contact feature 1830 can be resiliently displaced or deformed in the situation depicted in FIG. 24 such that the switch feature 1810 is biased toward the ratchet teeth 1805 (radially outward in the depicted situation). A radial end face (eg, a radially outward end face) of the switch feature abuts a radial end face of the ratchet teeth 1805 . The end faces of the teeth may be flat. When relative rotation between first member 1780 and second member 1790 is permitted, the biasing of contact feature 1830 moves switch feature 1810 radially and closes an electrical connection with contact feature 1840 . As rotation of member 1780 continues, switch feature 1810 again displaces contact feature 1830 away from contact feature 1840 . In this way, the usage signal is generated during the dose delivery incremental change pattern determined by the pitch of the teeth 1805 .

与先前讨论的实施方案相比,此实施方案具有以下优点:开关特征1810不必将接触特征1830和1840移位到与彼此接触,优选地,两个接触特征一起具有小的移位以便适应容差。而是,开关特征1810用于在剂量设定期间保持接触特征分开。而且,接触特征1830和1840中的仅一个必须在剂量分配期间被移位,例如以再次断开电接触,并且必须例如由用户提供相应的力。This embodiment has the advantage over the previously discussed embodiments that the switch feature 1810 does not have to displace the contact features 1830 and 1840 into contact with each other, preferably both contact features have a small displacement together to accommodate tolerances . Instead, the switch feature 1810 is used to keep the contact features apart during dose setting. Furthermore, only one of the contact features 1830 and 1840 has to be displaced during dose dispensing, for example to break the electrical contact again, and a corresponding force has to be provided, for example by the user.

齿1805在此实施方案中可以对称地配置,特别是关于径向定向的轴线。因为在剂量设定期间,开关特征不接合棘轮凹部1800,不存在这个特征可以在剂量设定期间用于提供阻力的选项。同样地,在剂量分配构型中,当第一构件和第二构件可相对于彼此旋转时,特征1810与棘轮之间的接口不能提供任何显著的抵抗减小设定剂量的阻力,具有单向联接器的其他实施方案可以提供所述阻力。The teeth 1805 may in this embodiment be arranged symmetrically, in particular with respect to a radially oriented axis. Because the switch feature does not engage the ratchet recess 1800 during dose setting, there is no option that this feature could be used to provide resistance during dose setting. Likewise, in the dose-dispensing configuration, when the first and second members are rotatable relative to each other, the interface between feature 1810 and the ratchet cannot provide any significant resistance to reducing the set dose, with a unidirectional Other embodiments of the coupler may provide the resistance.

在剂量分配操作已经完成之后,齿的对称构型便于开关特征1810的径向端面与齿的径向端面的重新接合。齿的侧面可以与径向方向和/或垂直于旋转轴线的轴线限定小于或等于30°的角度。因此,齿可以比先前实施方案中的更陡,以便可靠地断开接触特征1830与1840之间的连接。当第一构件和第二构件彼此旋转地锁定时(诸如在剂量设定期间),开关特征1810与相应的棘轮齿1805之间的接触点可以在相应齿的倾斜侧表面之间。接触点可以在相应齿的平坦区域中。如果在剂量递送操作已经完成之后开关特征接合齿的自由端,则在剂量递送之后重新接合接合器所需的力不需要考虑使开关特征轻微(例如径向)移位所需的力。当接合器的重新接合需要棘轮的小旋转移动时,这种轻微的移位可能是必要的,其中在活塞杆的剂量递送移动已经完成之后,开关特征被布置在两个邻近的齿之间。The symmetrical configuration of the teeth facilitates re-engagement of the radial end faces of the switch feature 1810 with the radial end faces of the teeth after the dose dispensing operation has been completed. The flanks of the teeth may define an angle less than or equal to 30° with the radial direction and/or with an axis perpendicular to the axis of rotation. Accordingly, the teeth may be steeper than in previous embodiments in order to reliably break the connection between contact features 1830 and 1840 . When the first and second members are rotationally locked to each other, such as during dose setting, the point of contact between the switch feature 1810 and the respective ratchet tooth 1805 may be between the sloped side surfaces of the respective tooth. The contact point may be in the flat area of the corresponding tooth. If the switch feature engages the free end of the tooth after the dose delivery operation has been completed, the force required to re-engage the adapter after dose delivery need not account for the force required to displace the switch feature slightly (eg radially). This slight displacement may be necessary when re-engagement of the clutch requires a small rotational movement of the ratchet, where the switch feature is arranged between two adjacent teeth after the dose delivery movement of the piston rod has been completed.

应注意的是,这个概念当然也可以应用于轴向定向的开关特征1810。在这种情况下,开关特征可以被轴向偏置成与棘轮接合。It should be noted that this concept can of course also be applied to axially oriented switch features 1810 . In this case, the switch feature may be axially biased into engagement with the ratchet.

图25A和图25B示意性地展示了电子系统的另一个实施方案。附图中的表示是非常示意性的,并且主要设置应当被理解为如先前关于第一构件1780和第二构件1790描述的实施方案。因为主要功能与先前公开的实施方案之一非常相似,以下描述集中于差异,但并不局限于此。第一接触特征1830和第二接触特征1840连接至第二构件1790和/或被配置成使得它们可以被移动成与彼此机械接触。接触特征优选地是可弹性偏转的。突出部1850(例如,凸起)设置在相应的接触特征上,其中接触特征1830和1840的突出部1850面向彼此,使得它们可以与彼此机械接触和导电接触。突出部可以便于限定接触特征之间的不同机械接触点,但也可以被省略。接触特征可以是金属的,例如,弯曲成期望形状的条。当接触特征导电连接时,可以生成使用信号。接触特征可以导电地连接至先前讨论的电源1500。25A and 25B schematically illustrate another embodiment of an electronic system. The representations in the figures are very schematic and the main arrangement should be understood as the embodiment previously described with respect to the first member 1780 and the second member 1790 . Since the main function is very similar to one of the previously disclosed embodiments, the following description focuses on the differences, but is not limited thereto. The first contact feature 1830 and the second contact feature 1840 are connected to the second member 1790 and/or are configured such that they can be moved into mechanical contact with each other. The contact feature is preferably elastically deflectable. Protrusions 1850 (eg, protrusions) are disposed on the respective contact features, wherein protrusions 1850 of contact features 1830 and 1840 face each other such that they can be in mechanical and conductive contact with each other. The protrusions may facilitate defining different mechanical contact points between contact features, but may also be omitted. The contact features may be metallic, eg strips bent into desired shapes. When the contact features are electrically connected, a usage signal may be generated. The contact features may be conductively connected to the previously discussed power source 1500 .

在所描绘的实施方案中,提供了多个开关特征1810。开关特征中的一个与第一接触特征1830相关联,而另一个开关特征1810与第二接触特征1840相关联。两个开关特征都与包括棘轮齿1805和棘轮凹部1800的棘轮协作。当然,如在先前讨论的实施方案中,棘轮周向地延伸,在附图中仅示出了所述棘轮的由开关特征1810接合的部分。相对于棘轮,开关特征是“同相的”。也就是说,两个开关特征接合棘轮凹部或者与棘轮齿协作。In the depicted embodiment, a plurality of switch features 1810 are provided. One of the switch features is associated with the first contact feature 1830 and the other switch feature 1810 is associated with the second contact feature 1840 . Both switch features cooperate with a ratchet comprising ratchet teeth 1805 and ratchet recesses 1800 . Of course, as in the previously discussed embodiments, the ratchet extends circumferentially, only the portion of which is shown engaged by the switch feature 1810 in the figures. The switch characteristic is "in-phase" with respect to the ratchet. That is, the two switch features engage the ratchet recesses or cooperate with the ratchet teeth.

从图25A中描绘的布置,当第一构件1780诸如在剂量递送期间开始相对于第二构件1790旋转时,第一构件相对于开关特征旋转,并且由于它们与齿的协作,开关特征径向地、特别是向内移位。这使接触特征相对于彼此移位,使得它们可以彼此机械协作以生成使用信号。图25B中描绘了当生成使用信号并且接触特征(例如,其突出部1850)彼此接触时的情形。当两个特征都被移位成使得接触特征朝向彼此移动时,相应的接触特征相对于棘轮的绝对位移可以小于第一接触特征1830与第二接触特征1840之间的距离,所述距离必须被覆盖以便在这些特征之间建立机械接触。这是因为设置有两个开关特征,所述两个开关特征与棘轮协作并且均相对于棘轮彼此同相地(例如,均向内或均向外)移动。位移可以转换成接触特征朝向彼此的移动。这两个开关特征1810还可以在与棘轮齿协作时朝向彼此移动。开关特征1810可以例如径向地对齐。开关特征可以沿着共同的轴线定向,例如,使得所述轴线从第一构件1780的旋转轴线径向地偏移或者与所述旋转轴线相交。相应的开关特征1810优选地被线性引导。这在附图中未明确示出。当与相关联的棘轮齿协作时,相应的开关特征径向地向外偏置,使得当第一构件1780的旋转继续时,所述相应的开关特征被偏置力驱动以重新接合棘轮凹部。方便地,所述偏置是由移位的(多个)接触特征提供的。From the arrangement depicted in Figure 25A, when the first member 1780 begins to rotate relative to the second member 1790, such as during dose delivery, the first member rotates relative to the switch features, and due to their cooperation with the teeth, the switch features radially rotate. , especially the inward shift. This displaces the contact features relative to each other so that they can mechanically cooperate with each other to generate a usage signal. The situation is depicted in FIG. 25B when a use signal is generated and the contact features (eg, their protrusions 1850 ) are in contact with each other. When both features are displaced such that the contact features move toward each other, the absolute displacement of the corresponding contact feature relative to the ratchet can be less than the distance between the first contact feature 1830 and the second contact feature 1840, which must be determined by Overlays to create mechanical contact between these features. This is because there are two switch features that cooperate with the ratchet and both move in phase with each other (eg both inwards or both outwards) relative to the ratchet. Displacement can be translated into movement of contact features toward each other. The two switch features 1810 can also move towards each other in cooperation with the ratchet teeth. Switch features 1810 may be radially aligned, for example. The switching features may be oriented along a common axis, for example such that the axis is radially offset from or intersects the axis of rotation of the first member 1780 . The corresponding switching features 1810 are preferably guided linearly. This is not explicitly shown in the drawings. When cooperating with an associated ratchet tooth, the corresponding switch feature is biased radially outward such that as rotation of the first member 1780 continues, the corresponding switch feature is driven by the biasing force to re-engage the ratchet recess. Conveniently, said biasing is provided by displaced contact feature(s).

突出部1850或与另一个接触特征的接触区可以被设置成靠近相应接触特征的自由端。A protrusion 1850 or a contact area with another contact feature may be disposed proximate to the free end of the corresponding contact feature.

从相应的接触特征与第二构件1790连接的安装部分开始,相应的接触特征可以具有以下部分:Starting from the mounting portion where the corresponding contact feature connects with the second member 1790, the corresponding contact feature may have the following parts:

-第一接触特征部分,所述第一接触特征部分背离安装部分朝向相应的接触特征的自由端延伸;- a first contact feature portion extending away from the mounting portion towards the free end of the respective contact feature;

-第二接触特征部分,所述第二接触特征部分沿着第一接触特征部分(例如,朝向安装部分)延伸;- a second contact feature extending along the first contact feature (eg towards the mounting portion);

-弯曲或弯部分,所述弯曲或弯部分连接第一接触特征部分和第二接触特征部分。- A curved or bent portion connecting the first contact feature and the second contact feature.

所述自由端可以是第二接触特征部分的末端。突出部1850可以设置在第二接触特征部分中。The free end may be the end of the second contact feature. A protrusion 1850 may be disposed in the second contact feature.

图26A和图26B展示了电子系统的另一个实施方案。这个实施方案主要对应于结合图25A和图25B所讨论的实施方案。因此,以下描述集中于差异。最主要的差异是此实施方案不使用单独的开关特征1810来代替接触特征1830、1840。而是,相应的接触特征1830、1840包括棘轮相互作用部分1832、1842。相互作用部分直接接合棘轮齿和/或凹部。26A and 26B illustrate another embodiment of an electronic system. This embodiment largely corresponds to the embodiment discussed in connection with Figures 25A and 25B. Therefore, the following description focuses on the differences. The main difference is that this embodiment does not use a separate switch feature 1810 in place of the contact features 1830,1840. Instead, the respective contact features 1830 , 1840 include ratchet interaction portions 1832 , 1842 . The interacting portion directly engages the ratchet teeth and/or the recess.

从相应的接触特征1830、1840与第二构件1790连接的安装部分开始,相应的接触特征可以具有以下部分:Starting from the mounting portion where the respective contact feature 1830, 1840 connects with the second member 1790, the respective contact feature may have the following parts:

-第一接触特征部分(1844、1834),所述第一接触特征部分背离安装部分、优选地朝向棘轮延伸和/或向外延伸;- a first contact feature (1844, 1834) extending away from the mounting portion, preferably towards the ratchet and/or outwardly;

-相互作用部分(1842、1832),所述相互作用部分用于与棘轮相互作用,在相互作用部分中,接触特征可以弯曲或扭结,从而增强与棘轮凹部的接合和/或模拟棘轮凹部的形状;- Interaction portions (1842, 1832) for interacting with the ratchet, in which the contact features can be bent or kinked to enhance engagement with the ratchet recess and/or mimic the shape of the ratchet recess ;

-第二接触特征部分(1846、1836),所述第二接触特征部分背离棘轮(例如,向内)延伸;- a second contact feature (1846, 1836) extending away from (eg, inwardly) the ratchet;

-第三接触特征部分(1848、1838),所述第三接触特征部分跟随第二接触特征部分和/或所述第三接触特征部分延伸直到接触特征的自由端,第三接触特征部分可以沿着第一接触特征部分、沿着相互作用部分和/或第二接触特征部分延伸。第三接触特征部分可以包括自由端和/或被设计成由另一个接触特征接触的接触区。- a third contact feature (1848, 1838) that follows the second contact feature and/or extends up to the free end of the contact feature, the third contact feature may be along Extending along the first contact feature, along the interaction portion and/or the second contact feature. The third contact feature portion may comprise a free end and/or a contact area designed to be contacted by another contact feature.

这些部分中的每个部分可以相对于安装部分和/或相对于其他部分是优选地弹性可偏转的。接触特征1840和1830的第三接触特征部分可以面向彼此,尤其是在被设计成进行机械接触的区域(例如,具有突出部1850的区域)中。Each of these parts may be preferably resiliently deflectable relative to the mounting part and/or relative to the other parts. Third contact feature portions of contact features 1840 and 1830 may face each other, especially in areas designed to make mechanical contact (eg, the area with protrusion 1850 ).

当第一构件相对于第二构件旋转时,接触特征被偏转,使得它们彼此接触。例如,第三区域中的接触区(例如,突出部1850)可以彼此接触。图26B中描绘了这种情形。随着旋转继续,例如由于接触特征的弹性,恢复图26A中的布置。When the first member is rotated relative to the second member, the contact features are deflected such that they contact each other. For example, contact regions (eg, protrusions 1850 ) in the third region may contact each other. This situation is depicted in Figure 26B. As the rotation continues, for example due to the elasticity of the contact features, the arrangement in Figure 26A is restored.

图25A至图26B中所描绘的实施方案使用与棘轮的不同接合,以便以同步方式实现移位,也就是说,如果一个开关特征或接触特征朝向另一个移位,则另一个接触特征或相关联的开关特征同样如此。这意味着棘轮凹部的深度可以减小,因为两个不同的棘轮凹部或棘轮齿有助于相对移动。在使用信号生成接口构件的一致外径的约束内,棘轮凹部的减小的深度可以允许齿的斜坡表面的更小的斜坡角,尤其是在第一构件应当旋转的方向上界定齿的表面处。这对于进一步减小由用户所需施加的分配力或扭矩可以是有利的。而且,如果使用与棘轮的两种接合并且开关特征或接触特征朝向彼此的相对移动用于生成使用信号,容差要求可以更低和/或所述系统的整体稳定性和完整性可以改善。The embodiments depicted in FIGS. 25A-26B use different engagements with ratchets to achieve displacement in a synchronized manner, that is, if one switch feature or contact feature is displaced toward the other, the other contact feature or associated The same is true for the switching characteristics of the connection. This means that the depth of the ratchet pockets can be reduced, since two different ratchet pockets or ratchet teeth facilitate relative movement. Within the constraints of using a consistent outer diameter of the signal generating interface member, the reduced depth of the ratchet recess may allow for a smaller ramp angle of the ramp surface of the tooth, especially at the surface bounding the tooth in the direction in which the first member should rotate . This may be beneficial to further reduce the dispensing force or torque that needs to be applied by the user. Also, if both engagements with the ratchet are used and the relative movement of the switch or contact features towards each other is used to generate the use signal, tolerance requirements may be lower and/or the overall stability and integrity of the system may be improved.

此外,具有与棘轮接合的两个不同位置还可以改善在剂量递送期间棘轮提供的抵抗沿与棘轮相反的方向旋转的阻力。这可以改善装置的安全性。就棘轮的响件功能而言,其中考虑到接合棘轮的元件(诸如接触特征或开关特征),具有两种接合潜在地增加了以下风险:如果与棘轮凹部的重新接合不是精确地同时发生的,则生成了分开的咔嗒噪声或触觉反馈,尽管只有一个反馈应该是明显的。如果开关特征或接触特征中的一个被设计成生成较小或较不明显的反馈(例如,通过使接合棘轮凹部的那个部分的边缘变圆),则可以减小这种风险。然后,反馈将由另一个开关特征与棘轮凹部的重新接合主导。总之,在两个位置处生成的反馈可以被设计成不同的,例如,一个反馈比另一个反馈更明显,所述另一个反馈优选几乎不明显或不明显。Furthermore, having two different positions of engagement with the ratchet may also improve the resistance provided by the ratchet against rotation in the opposite direction to the ratchet during dose delivery. This can improve the security of the device. As far as the clicker function of the ratchet is concerned, with regard to the elements that engage the ratchet (such as contact features or switch features), having two engagements potentially increases the risk that if re-engagement with the ratchet recesses does not occur precisely simultaneously, Separate click noises or tactile feedback are then generated, although only one feedback should be noticeable. This risk can be reduced if one of the switch or contact features is designed to generate a smaller or less pronounced feedback (for example, by rounding the edge of the part that engages the ratchet recess). The feedback will then be dominated by the re-engagement of another switch feature with the ratchet recess. In any case, the feedback generated at the two locations can be designed differently, for example, one feedback is more pronounced than the other feedback, which is preferably hardly noticeable or not noticeable.

图27展示了电子系统的另一个实施方案。再次地,基本功能对应于先前已经讨论的实施方案,其中以下描述集中于差异。通常,这个实施方案与图25A和图25B中所描绘的实施方案非常相似。然而,在此实施方案中,棘轮与开关特征1810之间的两个接触位置是异相的。也就是说,在第一构件1780与第二构件1790之间的相对移动开始之前,开关特征1810之一在所述位置中与棘轮齿相互作用,而开关特征1810中的另一个在所述位置中与棘轮凹部相互作用或被布置在凹部中。当然,如果如图26A和图26B中接触特征自身接合棘轮,则在这种布置中也可以省去开关特征1810。Figure 27 shows another embodiment of the electronic system. Again, the basic functionality corresponds to the previously discussed embodiments, with the following description focusing on the differences. In general, this embodiment is very similar to that depicted in Figures 25A and 25B. However, in this embodiment, the two contact locations between the ratchet and switch feature 1810 are out of phase. That is, one of the switch features 1810 interacts with the ratchet teeth in that position while the other of the switch features 1810 is in that position before relative movement between the first member 1780 and the second member 1790 begins. The middle interacts with the ratchet recess or is arranged in the recess. Of course, the switch feature 1810 could also be omitted in this arrangement if the contact feature itself engages the ratchet as in Figures 26A and 26B.

每个开关特征1810相应地与一个接触特征1830相关联。因此,如果开关特征1810移位,则接触特征可以在一个方向上(例如,径向地和/或向内)跟随这种移位,和/或可以在另一个方向上(例如,径向地(诸如径向向外))弹性地偏置开关特征1810,和/或由于其固有的弹性或由于偏置构件(诸如弹簧)经由接触特征1830将偏置力传递至开关特征1810。在图27中所描绘的情形中,与棘轮齿1805协作的上部开关特征1810可以例如通过接触特征1830或偏置构件(例如,弹簧)来朝向棘轮齿偏置。Each switch feature 1810 is correspondingly associated with a contact feature 1830 . Thus, if the switch feature 1810 is displaced, the contact feature can follow this displacement in one direction (e.g., radially and/or inwardly), and/or can follow this displacement in another direction (e.g., radially). Switch feature 1810 is resiliently biased (such as radially outward) and/or transmits a biasing force to switch feature 1810 via contact feature 1830 due to its inherent resilience or due to a biasing member such as a spring. In the situation depicted in FIG. 27 , the upper switch feature 1810 cooperating with the ratchet tooth 1805 may be biased towards the ratchet tooth, eg, by a contact feature 1830 or a biasing member (eg, a spring).

除了在第一构件1780相对于第二构件旋转时相对于第二构件1790移位的接触特征1830之外,在此实施方案中,提供了至少一个另外的接触特征1840。另外的接触特征1840可以是静止的或不可移动的,特别是相对于第二构件1790。在所描绘的实施方案中,提供了两个另外的接触特征1840。取决于开关特征1810的状态或棘轮的接合状态,接触特征1830中的一个(优选地,这些接触特征中的仅一个)机械地接触另外的接触特征1840。优选地,一个另外的接触1840特征与每个接触特征1830相关联。在所描绘的情形中,下部接触特征1830机械地接触相关联的下部另外的接触特征1840。In addition to the contact feature 1830 which is displaced relative to the second member 1790 when the first member 1780 is rotated relative to the second member, in this embodiment at least one further contact feature 1840 is provided. The additional contact feature 1840 may be stationary or non-movable, particularly relative to the second member 1790 . In the depicted embodiment, two additional contact features 1840 are provided. Depending on the state of the switch feature 1810 or the engaged state of the ratchet, one of the contact features 1830 (preferably only one of these contact features) mechanically contacts the other contact feature 1840 . Preferably, one additional contact 1840 feature is associated with each contact feature 1830 . In the depicted situation, a lower contact feature 1830 mechanically contacts an associated lower further contact feature 1840 .

在所描绘的实施方案中,与开关特征1810相关联的接触特征1830和/或开关特征经由联接构件1855彼此机械地联接。联接构件1855可以被布置在接触特征1830之间。以此方式,接触特征1830或开关特征1810之一的移动和/或作用在其上的力可以被传递给另一个接触特征1830或开关特征1810。联接特征1855可以是刚性的或弹性构件(诸如上文提及的偏置构件)。弹性构件可以是弹簧,诸如压缩弹簧和/或微弹簧。联接构件1855可以被配置成相对于旋转轴线施加横向或径向指向的偏置力,所述旋转轴线在此实施方案中如在先前的实施方案中一样垂直于所示表示的平面指向。所述系统可以被设计成使得在第一构件与第二构件之间的每个稳定的相对旋转位置中,一个接触特征1830(优选地仅一个)导电地连接至相关联的另外的接触特征1840。如所描绘的,这对接触特征1830可以在两个不同的另外的接触特征1840之间穿梭。相应的开关特征1810优选地诸如通过相应的引导槽1820被引导(例如,线性地引导),其中相应的引导槽可以旋转地和/或轴向地锁定到第二构件1790。In the depicted embodiment, contact features 1830 associated with switch features 1810 and/or the switch features are mechanically coupled to each other via coupling members 1855 . Coupling member 1855 may be disposed between contact features 1830 . In this way, movement of and/or force acting on one of the contact features 1830 or switch features 1810 may be transferred to the other contact feature 1830 or switch feature 1810 . Coupling feature 1855 may be a rigid or resilient member (such as the biasing member mentioned above). The elastic member may be a spring, such as a compression spring and/or a microspring. The coupling member 1855 may be configured to exert a laterally or radially directed biasing force relative to an axis of rotation which in this embodiment is directed perpendicular to the plane of the representation as in previous embodiments. The system may be designed such that in each stable relative rotational position between the first member and the second member one contact feature 1830 (preferably only one) is conductively connected to an associated further contact feature 1840 . As depicted, the pair of contact features 1830 can be shuttled between two different further contact features 1840 . A corresponding switch feature 1810 is preferably guided (eg, linearly guided), such as by a corresponding guide slot 1820 , wherein the corresponding guide slot can be rotationally and/or axially locked to the second member 1790 .

当从图27中所描绘的情形起,第一构件1780例如在逆时针方向上旋转,下部开关特征1810径向地、特别是向内移位。这使下部接触特征1830与相关联的另外的接触特征1840脱离接合并且经由联接构件1855朝向上部接触特征1830传递负载(方便地在偏置此联接构件之后)。由于上部开关特征1810然后可以接合随后的棘轮凹部1800,所述棘轮凹部与旋转方向相反地邻接棘轮齿1805,上部接触特征1830可以移动成例如经由松弛的联接构件1855与相关联的另外的接触特征1840接触。When, from the situation depicted in FIG. 27 , the first member 1780 is rotated eg in a counterclockwise direction, the lower switch feature 1810 is displaced radially, in particular inwardly. This disengages the lower contact feature 1830 from the associated further contact feature 1840 and transfers the load towards the upper contact feature 1830 via the coupling member 1855 (conveniently after biasing this coupling member). As the upper switch feature 1810 can then engage the subsequent ratchet recess 1800 adjoining the ratchet tooth 1805 opposite the direction of rotation, the upper contact feature 1830 can be moved to associate with the additional contact feature, for example via loose coupling member 1855 1840 contacts.

在所描绘的实施方案中,在每个稳定的旋转位置中,在一个接触特征1830和一个另外的接触特征1840的对之间存在闭合接触连接。方便地,电子系统被配置成使得在接触特征1830和另外的接触特征1840彼此进行机械接触时,生成使用信号。之后,可以中断电源与这一对之间的电连接以便避免过度的功率消耗。电源可以导电地连接至当前未导电连接的接触特征1830和另外的接触特征1840的所述对。这可以通过例如电子控制单元中的适当的开关电路来实现。In the depicted embodiment, in each stable rotational position, there is a closed contact connection between a pair of one contact feature 1830 and one other contact feature 1840 . Conveniently, the electronic system is configured such that when the contact feature 1830 and the further contact feature 1840 are brought into mechanical contact with each other, a usage signal is generated. Afterwards, the electrical connection between the power source and the pair can be interrupted in order to avoid excessive power consumption. A power source may be conductively connected to the pair of contact features 1830 and further contact features 1840 that are not currently conductively connected. This can be achieved eg by suitable switching circuits in the electronic control unit.

这个实施方案可以被设计成使得仅在旋转了与多个单位设定增量(例如,两个单位增量)对应的角度之后,由开关特征和接触特征1830与联接构件1855一起形成的梭形件的每一端改变相对于棘轮(即,齿和/或凹部)的位置。然而,两端之一每一个单位设定增量就改变相对于棘轮的位置,使得两端可以以交替的方式增量式地移动。在这种情况下,弹性联接构件1855是优选的,因为这样,在每个单位设定增量期间或者甚至在比单位增量更精细的间距中,穿梭件中的整个长度变化大于当穿梭件的两端相对于棘轮改变位置(例如,从接合齿到接合凹部或反之亦然)时的整个长度变化。This embodiment can be designed such that the shuttle shape formed by the switch feature and contact feature 1830 together with the coupling member 1855 is only rotated by an angle corresponding to a number of unit setting increments (eg, two unit increments). Each end of the piece changes position relative to the ratchet (ie, tooth and/or recess). However, each one of the two ends changes position relative to the ratchet every one unit set increment, so that the two ends can move incrementally in an alternating manner. In this case, the elastic coupling member 1855 is preferred because, during each unit setting increment, or even at finer pitches than a unit increment, the overall length change in the shuttle is greater than when the shuttle The overall length changes when both ends of the ratchet change position relative to the ratchet (for example, from engaging a tooth to engaging a recess or vice versa).

图28展示了电子系统的另一个实施方案。这个实施方案由其关键部件非常示意性地表示,所述关键部件是开关特征1810,所述开关特征在其两个末端1815处与棘轮(未明确展示)相互作用。开关特征1810方便地是弹性可变形的,使得第一构件1780相对于第二构件1790的旋转被转换成开关特征的部分1812(例如,中央部分)的轴向移动。轴向移位的开关特征的部分1812可以例如在引导槽(未明确示出)中被轴向引导。开关特征1810将旋转移动转换成开关特征的轴向变形,所述开关特征有时也被指定为叉形件或肘节机构部件。第一构件1780(未明确示出)的旋转移动使末端1815从其各自接合棘轮凹部的位置移动得更靠近彼此(沿着相应的棘轮齿)。这导致开关特征1810的部分1812的轴向移位。Figure 28 shows another embodiment of the electronic system. This embodiment is represented very schematically by its key component, which is the switch feature 1810 which interacts at its two ends 1815 with a ratchet (not explicitly shown). The switch feature 1810 is conveniently elastically deformable such that rotation of the first member 1780 relative to the second member 1790 is translated into axial movement of a portion 1812 (eg, central portion) of the switch feature. The portion 1812 of the axially displaced switch feature may be axially guided, for example, in a guide groove (not explicitly shown). The switch feature 1810 converts rotational movement into axial deformation of the switch feature, also sometimes designated as a fork or toggle mechanism component. Rotational movement of the first member 1780 (not explicitly shown) moves the ends 1815 closer to each other (along the corresponding ratchet teeth) from their respective positions engaging the ratchet recesses. This results in axial displacement of portion 1812 of switch feature 1810 .

这种轴向移位可以用于触发使用信号。图28示出了开关特征1810的两种构型。开关特征在第一构件开始旋转之前所具有的一种构型被标记为1810a,而在第二构型1810b中部分1812相对于棘轮和/或末端1815已轴向移位。在构型1810b中,部分1812可以接触开关1857(诸如微开关),所述开关在被触发时可以利用运动感测单元或电子系统的相应唤醒过程引起使用信号的生成。开关1857可以安装在导体载体(例如,电路板)上,所述导体载体可以设置在用户接口构件(例如,注射或剂量旋钮)内,所述用户接口构件可以刚性地连接至第二构件1790或与所述第二构件一体形成。This axial shift can be used to trigger usage signals. FIG. 28 shows two configurations of switch feature 1810 . One configuration that the switch feature has before the first member begins to rotate is referenced 1810a, while in a second configuration 1810b the portion 1812 has been axially displaced relative to the ratchet and/or tip 1815 . In configuration 1810b, portion 1812 may contact a switch 1857, such as a microswitch, which when activated may cause generation of a use signal with a corresponding wake-up process of the motion sensing unit or electronic system. The switch 1857 may be mounted on a conductive carrier (eg, a circuit board), which may be disposed within a user interface member (eg, an injection or dose knob), which may be rigidly connected to the second member 1790 or integrally formed with the second member.

图29示意性地展示了电子系统的另一个实施方案。基本上,电子系统对应于结合图28中所示的先前实施方案所描述的电子系统。然而,与具有由部分1812接触或触发的开关1857相反,在此,部分1812桥接两个电分离的触点(例如,接触垫)之间的区域。部分1812在其面向触点1859的一侧上方便地是导电的,使得借助于相对于棘轮齿(未明确示出)可轴向移位的部分1812,可以在触点1859之间建立导电连接。这种导电连接可以触发使用信号的生成,例如经由通过导电部分1812或在部分1812上设置的导电层(于是所述部分可以是电绝缘的)从一个接触件流到另一接触件的电流。与使用开关1857相反,这个实施方案可以便于满足更紧密的容差。Figure 29 schematically illustrates another embodiment of the electronic system. Basically, the electronic system corresponds to that described in connection with the previous embodiment shown in FIG. 28 . However, as opposed to having switch 1857 contacted or triggered by portion 1812, here portion 1812 bridges the area between two electrically separated contacts (eg, contact pads). Portion 1812 is conveniently conductive on its side facing contacts 1859, so that an electrically conductive connection can be established between contacts 1859 by means of axially displaceable portion 1812 relative to ratchet teeth (not explicitly shown) . Such a conductive connection may trigger the generation of a usage signal, such as an electrical current flowing from one contact to another via conductive portion 1812 or a conductive layer provided over portion 1812 (the portions may then be electrically insulating). As opposed to using switch 1857, this implementation may facilitate meeting tighter tolerances.

图30展示了电子系统的另一个实施方案。如在先前描述的实施方案中,提供了使用信号生成接口构件1880。这个构件1880包括棘轮凹部1800和棘轮齿1805,所述棘轮凹部和所述棘轮齿限定增量改变接口,所述增量改变接口与开关特征1810协作生成使用信号,如先前已经讨论的。邻近的齿可以分开与一个单位设定增量对应的角度。因此,单位设定增量可以等于使用信号生成增量,如上文进一步讨论的。因此,对于一些角度,以下使用单位设定增量作为参考。然而,应注意,也可以使用使用信号生成增量(在其不同于单位设定增量的情况下)。Figure 30 shows another embodiment of the electronic system. As in previously described embodiments, a usage signal generation interface component 1880 is provided. This member 1880 includes a ratchet recess 1800 and ratchet teeth 1805 that define an incremental change interface that cooperates with a switch feature 1810 to generate a usage signal, as has been previously discussed. Adjacent teeth may be separated by an angle corresponding to one unit set increment. Thus, unit set increments may be equal to use signal generation increments, as discussed further above. Therefore, for some angles, the unit setting increments are used below as a reference. However, it should be noted that use signal generation increments (where they differ from unit set increments) could also be used.

使用信号生成接口构件1880方便地旋转地紧固到第一构件1780并且相对于第二构件1790轴向地紧固,如上文已经进一步讨论的。将构件1880旋转地紧固到第一构件1780的接口由花键特征1900(例如,轴向定向的肋)实现。花键特征1900可以设置在第一构件1780上。使用信号生成接口构件1880上的对应特征可以被布置成接合花键特征1900。当然,花键特征和接合花键特征的对应特征的位置也可以颠倒,使得花键特征被设置在构件1880上,而对应特征被设置在第一构件1780上。使用信号生成接口构件可以在其近端区域中接合第一构件1780。第一构件1780的近端区域可以被接收在使用信号生成接口构件1880内。The signal generating interface member 1880 is conveniently secured rotationally to the first member 1780 and axially relative to the second member 1790, as has been further discussed above. The interface that rotationally secures member 1880 to first member 1780 is accomplished by splined features 1900 (eg, axially oriented ribs). Spline feature 1900 may be provided on first member 1780 . Corresponding features on usage signal generating interface member 1880 may be arranged to engage splined features 1900 . Of course, the locations of the splined features and corresponding features engaging the splined features could also be reversed, such that the splined features are provided on member 1880 and the corresponding features are provided on first member 1780 . The first member 1780 may be engaged in a proximal region thereof using a signal generating interface member. A proximal region of the first member 1780 may be received within the use signal generating interface member 1880 .

使用信号生成接口构件1880可相对于第一构件1780在第一位置与第二位置之间轴向移动,其中第一位置在图30中示出。构件1880可以相对于第一构件1780旋转地锁定在这两个位置中或仅在这些位置中的一个位置中。第二位置可以相对于第一位置向远侧偏移,其中图30中的远侧方向是向下方向。在第二位置中,使用信号生成接口构件的轴向定向的接合特征1910可以接合第一构件1780中的对应特征1920(例如,槽)。所述接合可以在第一构件与使用信号生成接口构件之间建立旋转锁定,或者可以稳定第一构件1780与使用信号生成接口构件1880之间的相对角位置。这可以增加运动感测和/或所递送剂量的确定的准确性,因为第一构件与使用信号生成接口构件1880之间的旋转取向是稳定的,所述第一构件在剂量递送操作中旋转并且其旋转应经由运动感测单元监测或测量,所述使用信号生成接口构件可以承载检测区域1890,所述检测区域用于监测第一构件在剂量递送操作中的旋转或角位置。在使用信号生成接口构件1880从第一位置移动到第二位置的期间形成的接口可以是自定心的,这可以通过接合特征1910和1920之一的斜表面来实现。在所描绘的实施方案中,可以为尖齿的特征1910具有斜表面。The usage signal generation interface member 1880 is axially movable relative to the first member 1780 between a first position and a second position, wherein the first position is shown in FIG. 30 . Member 1880 may be rotationally locked relative to first member 1780 in both positions or only one of these positions. The second position may be distally offset relative to the first position, where the distal direction in FIG. 30 is a downward direction. In the second position, the axially-oriented engagement feature 1910 of the signal generating interface member may engage a corresponding feature 1920 (eg, a slot) in the first member 1780 . The engagement may establish a rotational lock between the first member and the usage signal generating interface member, or may stabilize the relative angular position between the first member 1780 and the usage signal generating interface member 1880 . This may increase the accuracy of motion sensing and/or determination of the delivered dose because the rotational orientation between the first member which is rotated during the dose delivery operation and the usage signal generating interface member 1880 is stable. Should its rotation be monitored or measured via the motion sensing unit, the usage signal generating interface member may carry a detection area 1890 for monitoring the rotational or angular position of the first member in dose delivery operation. The interface formed during movement of signal generating interface member 1880 from a first position to a second position using signal generating interface member 1880 may be self-centering, which may be achieved by a ramped surface of one of engagement features 1910 and 1920 . In the depicted embodiment, the feature 1910, which may be a tine, has a sloped surface.

接合特征1910和/或1920的角分布可以具有由对应于一个使用信号生成增量和/或一个单位设定增量的角度确定的间距,其中如已经讨论的,对应于一个使用信号生成增量和一个单位设定增量的角度可以是相同的。使用信号生成接口构件相对于第一构件1780轴向移动的距离可以由上文已进一步讨论的接合器释放距离(例如,dc)确定。The angular distribution of engagement features 1910 and/or 1920 may have a pitch determined by an angle corresponding to one use signal generation increment and/or one unit set increment where, as already discussed, one use signal generation increment corresponds to The angle can be the same as set increments of one unit. The distance that the signal-generating interface member moves axially relative to the first member 1780 may be determined by the clutch release distance (eg, d c ) discussed further above.

在所描绘的实施方案中,使用信号生成接口构件1880通过棘轮齿和棘轮凹部以及还有检测区域1890提供使用信号生成接口,以用于确定在剂量递送期间的相对旋转量。从制造的角度来看,这是有利的,因为用于生成使用信号的结构以及用于监测移动的结构可以集成到一个部件中,相比于单独的部件,所述部件可以更容易地集成到装置中。检测区域1890可以设置在外表面上,并且使用信号生成接口可以设置在构件1880的内表面上。In the depicted embodiment, the usage signal generation interface member 1880 provides a usage signal generation interface through the ratchet teeth and ratchet recesses and also the detection region 1890 for determining the amount of relative rotation during dose delivery. This is advantageous from a manufacturing point of view, since the structure for generating the usage signal and the structure for monitoring movement can be integrated into one component, which can be more easily integrated into the device. Detection region 1890 may be provided on an outer surface, and a signal generating interface may be provided on an inner surface of member 1880 .

当然,这个实施方案可以与本公开文本中阐述的其余实施方案中的任一个结合。Of course, this embodiment can be combined with any of the remaining embodiments set forth in this disclosure.

图31A至图31E展示了电子系统的另一个实施方案。两个图示出了在电子系统的操作的不同阶段期间的示意性截面视图。此实施方案与先前描述的实施方案类似,这就是本描述集中于差异的原因。而且,本文公开的特征可以应用于其他实施方案。31A-31E illustrate another embodiment of an electronic system. The two figures show schematic cross-sectional views during different phases of operation of the electronic system. This embodiment is similar to the previously described embodiment, which is why this description focuses on the differences. Furthermore, the features disclosed herein can be applied to other embodiments.

图31A示出了第一构件1780和第二构件1790。如在先前的实施方案中,第一构件在剂量递送期间可相对于第二构件旋转。两个构件共同旋转以用于剂量设定操作。在剂量递送操作期间,第二构件可以相对于壳体旋转地锁定。与先前已经描述的实施方案相反,在这些附图中更详细地示出了第二构件1790。第二构件1790和用户接口构件1600(例如,剂量或注射旋钮)可以集成到共同的部件中或刚性地紧固至彼此。然而,第二构件和用户接口构件1600还可以是分开的部件,所述部件可以可移动地或不可移动地连接至彼此。再次地,用于与用户交互以用于剂量设定的用户接口构件可以不同于在剂量递送期间的用户接口构件。在本实施方案中,用户接口构件1600提供由用户接触以用于剂量设定操作的表面,即,设定表面1610。设定表面可以是用户接口构件1600的侧表面和/或面向径向方向。可替代地或另外地,用户接口构件提供递送表面1620。递送表面可以是面向轴向方向(例如向近侧)的表面。在已经设定剂量之后,递送表面1620可以由用户接触以用于启动剂量递送操作。第二构件1790可以具有相互作用部分1792(例如,中空或套筒状部分),所述相互作用部分被设置成接收活塞杆和/或与所述活塞杆相互作用(例如,接合、特别是螺纹接合),所述活塞杆被布置成在剂量递送操作期间由第二构件驱动。设定表面1610可以相对于相互作用部分1792径向向外偏移。FIG. 31A shows a first member 1780 and a second member 1790 . As in the previous embodiments, the first member is rotatable relative to the second member during dose delivery. Both members rotate together for dose setting operations. During dose delivery operations, the second member may be rotationally locked relative to the housing. In contrast to the previously described embodiments, the second member 1790 is shown in greater detail in these figures. The second member 1790 and the user interface member 1600 (eg a dose or injection knob) may be integrated into a common part or rigidly fastened to each other. However, the second member and the user interface member 1600 may also be separate components which may be movably or non-removably connected to each other. Again, the user interface components used to interact with the user for dose setting may be different from the user interface components during dose delivery. In this embodiment, the user interface member 1600 provides a surface, ie, a setting surface 1610 , that is contacted by a user for dose setting operations. The setting surface may be a side surface of the user interface member 1600 and/or face in a radial direction. Alternatively or additionally, the user interface member provides a delivery surface 1620 . The delivery surface may be a surface facing in an axial direction (eg, proximally). After the dose has been set, the delivery surface 1620 may be contacted by the user for initiating the dose delivery operation. The second member 1790 may have an interacting portion 1792 (e.g., a hollow or sleeve-like portion) configured to receive and/or interact (e.g., engage, particularly a threaded portion) with the piston rod. engaged), the piston rod is arranged to be driven by the second member during a dose delivery operation. The setting surface 1610 may be offset radially outward relative to the interaction portion 1792 .

使用信号生成接口构件1880操作性地连接至第一构件1780(例如,旋转地锁定到第一构件)并且可以相对于第一构件轴向地移动或固定,如先前例如结合图30已经讨论的。使用信号生成接口构件方便地包括棘轮,例如,棘轮齿和棘轮凹部1800、1805,相应地如先前已经讨论的。The usage signal generating interface member 1880 is operatively connected to (eg, rotationally locked to) the first member 1780 and can be axially moved or fixed relative to the first member, as previously discussed, for example, in connection with FIG. 30 . The use signal generating interface member conveniently includes a ratchet, eg ratchet teeth and ratchet recesses 1800, 1805, respectively as already discussed previously.

电子系统还包括开关特征1810。开关特征1810具有相互作用部分1811,所述相互作用部分接合棘轮,如先前所描述的。由于棘轮径向地定向,如先前的实施方案中,与棘轮的协作导致传递至开关特征1810的径向力。然而,在此实施方案中,开关特征以使得其可枢转的方式安装在电子系统中。具体地,开关特征1810利用枢转部分1814安装到第一构件1790和/或用户接口构件1600、尤其是在其内部。枢转部分1814方便地轴向地(例如,向近侧)从使用信号生成接口构件1880与开关特征1810之间的接口偏移。以此方式,例如当开关特征1810相对于接口构件1880向内移位时,径向力可以被转换成开关特征的枢转移动,特别是涉及在近侧方向上的轴向分量。因此,在第一构件1780和/或构件1880相对于第二构件1790和/或壳体10(在此实施方案中未明确示出)的旋转期间,开关特征1810相对于第一构件1780和/或第二构件1790枢转。The electronic system also includes switch feature 1810 . The switch feature 1810 has an interacting portion 1811 that engages the ratchet as previously described. Since the ratchet is radially oriented, as in the previous embodiments, cooperation with the ratchet results in a radial force being transmitted to the switch feature 1810 . However, in this embodiment the switch feature is mounted in the electronic system in such a way that it can pivot. In particular, switch feature 1810 is mounted to, particularly within, first member 1790 and/or user interface member 1600 using pivot portion 1814 . Pivot portion 1814 is conveniently offset axially (eg, proximally) from the interface between use signal generating interface member 1880 and switch feature 1810 . In this way, for example, when the switch feature 1810 is displaced inwardly relative to the interface member 1880, a radial force may be converted into a pivotal movement of the switch feature, particularly involving an axial component in the proximal direction. Thus, during rotation of first member 1780 and/or member 1880 relative to second member 1790 and/or housing 10 (not expressly shown in this embodiment), switch feature 1810 relative to first member 1780 and/or Or the second member 1790 pivots.

开关特征1810进一步包括使用信号触发部分1816。使用信号触发部分1816可以与枢转部分1814径向间隔开。枢转部分1814可以经由连接部分1818连接至触发部分1816。连接部分可以从触发部分1816和枢转部分例如向远侧轴向偏移。枢转部分和触发部分可以轴向和径向分离地定向。连接部分可以横向延伸,特别是相对于旋转轴线。枢转部分1814、连接部分1818和触发部分1816可以是具有U形截面的开关特征部分的一部分。相互作用部分1811可以沿着由连接部分1818限定的主方向延伸。枢转部分1814和触发部分1816可以被自由空间分开。在所描绘的实施方案中,触发部分1816被设计成使接触特征1830移位以便触发或生成使用信号。在图31A中的情形中,可以触发使用信号,因为接触特征1830可以接触导体载体1550(诸如电路板,例如,印刷电路板)上的另一个接触特征。当然,除了经由导电连接使另一个导电特征与机械触点接触以建立使用信号之外,还可以提供可由触发部分1816机械接触的开关。The switching feature 1810 further includes using a signal trigger portion 1816 . Use signal trigger portion 1816 may be radially spaced from pivot portion 1814 . Pivot portion 1814 may be connected to trigger portion 1816 via connection portion 1818 . The connecting portion may be axially offset, eg, distally, from the triggering portion 1816 and the pivoting portion. The pivot portion and trigger portion may be oriented axially and radially apart. The connecting portion may extend transversely, in particular with respect to the axis of rotation. Pivot portion 1814, connection portion 1818, and trigger portion 1816 may be part of a switch feature having a U-shaped cross-section. The interaction portion 1811 may extend along a main direction defined by the connection portion 1818 . Pivot portion 1814 and trigger portion 1816 may be separated by free space. In the depicted embodiment, trigger portion 1816 is designed to displace contact feature 1830 in order to trigger or generate a usage signal. In the situation in FIG. 31A , the use signal may be triggered because a contact feature 1830 may contact another contact feature on a conductor carrier 1550 such as a circuit board, eg a printed circuit board. Of course, instead of bringing another conductive feature into contact with a mechanical contact via a conductive connection to establish a use signal, a switch mechanically contactable by trigger portion 1816 could also be provided.

导体载体1550可以固持在用户接口构件1600的内部中,并且可以导电地连接至和/或机械地支撑或承载电子系统的一个或多个电或电子部件,诸如电子控制单元1100(例如,微处理器或微控制器)或运动感测单元的构件。在已经生成使用信号之后,例如由于接触特征1830(如先前已经讨论的)的弹性或在电子系统中实现的另一个弹性特征,开关特征1810可以移位回到其初始位置。图31B中示出了这种情形。控制单元1100可以安装在导体载体的远离开关特征1810的一侧。Conductor carrier 1550 may be held within the interior of user interface member 1600 and may be conductively connected to and/or mechanically support or carry one or more electrical or electronic components of an electronic system, such as electronic control unit 1100 (e.g., a microprocessor device or microcontroller) or a component of a motion sensing unit. After the use signal has been generated, the switch feature 1810 may be displaced back to its initial position, for example due to the elasticity of the contact feature 1830 (as already discussed previously) or another elastic feature implemented in the electronic system. This situation is shown in Figure 31B. The control unit 1100 may be mounted on the side of the conductor carrier away from the switch feature 1810 .

由触发部分1816与枢转部分1814之间的开关特征限定的空间可以被设计成接收电子系统的电部件1555,诸如电容器。电部件1555可以在背离电子控制单元1100的一侧上安装在导体载体1550上。因此,开关特征1810的U形截面允许用户接口构件内的节省空间的布置。用户接口构件的内部空间可以具有大于第一构件和/或第二构件的内径的内径。The space defined by the switch feature between trigger portion 1816 and pivot portion 1814 may be designed to receive electrical components 1555 of the electronic system, such as capacitors. Electrical components 1555 can be mounted on conductor carrier 1550 on the side facing away from electronic control unit 1100 . Thus, the U-shaped cross-section of the switch feature 1810 allows for a space saving arrangement within the user interface member. The inner space of the user interface member may have an inner diameter that is larger than the inner diameter of the first member and/or the second member.

与先前已经描述的开关特征相比,对于开关特征在轴向方向上枢转的这种构型,分配力的增加可以是特别小的。The increase in distribution force can be particularly small for this configuration of the switch feature pivoted in the axial direction compared to the switch feature already described previously.

图31C至图31E展示了可以在结合图31A和图31B所讨论的实施方案中实现的开关特征的三个实施方案,来代替其中所采用的开关特征1810。Figures 31C-31E illustrate three embodiments of switching features that may be implemented in the embodiments discussed in conjunction with Figures 31A and 31B in place of the switching feature 1810 employed therein.

图31C展示了开关特征1810,其中U形部分设有电接触特征1830,所述电接触特征用于导电地连接例如在导体载体上(未明确示出)的两个触点1859。所描绘的情形示出了生成使用信号之前的情形。也就是说,例如到右下触点1859的一个连接是断开的,而另一个触点1859可以导电地连接至接触特征1830。接触特征1830可以被形成为叶片弹簧并且连接至开关特征1810的触发部分1816。接触特征1830可以是弹性的,使得一旦由接触特征建立触点1859之间的导电连接,当开关特征再次接合棘轮凹部时,弹性就去除此导电连接。接触特征1830可以相对于由连接部分1818限定的轴线从开关特征径向地突出。接触特征可以具有U形截面,尤其是在垂直于由连接部分1818限定的轴线的平面中来看。接触特征1830可以连接至触发部分1816的尖端。Fig. 31C shows a switch feature 1810 in which the U-shaped portion is provided with an electrical contact feature 1830 for conductively connecting two contacts 1859, for example on a conductor carrier (not explicitly shown). The depicted situation shows the situation before the usage signal is generated. That is, for example, one connection to the lower right contact 1859 is broken, while the other contact 1859 may be conductively connected to contact feature 1830 . The contact feature 1830 may be formed as a leaf spring and connected to the trigger portion 1816 of the switch feature 1810 . Contact feature 1830 may be resilient such that once a conductive connection between contacts 1859 is established by the contact feature, the resilience removes this conductive connection when the switch feature reengages the ratchet recess. Contact feature 1830 may protrude radially from the switch feature relative to the axis defined by connection portion 1818 . The contact feature may have a U-shaped cross-section, especially viewed in a plane perpendicular to the axis defined by the connection portion 1818 . Contact feature 1830 may be connected to the tip of trigger portion 1816 .

图31D示出了开关特征1810的另一个实施方案,其中接触特征1830沿着由连接部分1818限定的轴线定向并且具有两个不同的区域,每个区域被提供用于接触触点1859中的一个。当两个触点1859导电地连接至接触特征1830时,生成使用信号。接触特征1830连接至紧固部分1817,所述紧固部分设置在连接部分的远离枢转部分1814的一端处。例如,开关特征1810可以模制在接触特征1830周围,或者接触特征可以以不同的方式(例如,通过卡扣配合)紧固到开关特征。FIG. 31D shows another embodiment of a switch feature 1810 in which a contact feature 1830 is oriented along the axis defined by the connection portion 1818 and has two distinct regions, each region being provided for contacting one of the contacts 1859. . When two contacts 1859 are conductively connected to contact feature 1830, a use signal is generated. The contact feature 1830 is connected to a fastening portion 1817 disposed at an end of the connecting portion remote from the pivot portion 1814 . For example, the switch feature 1810 may be molded around the contact feature 1830, or the contact feature may be secured to the switch feature in a different manner (eg, by snap fit).

图31E示出了开关特征1810的另一个实施方案。这个实施方案非常类似于图31D中的实施方案。然而,开关特征1810的连接部分1818被省去并且被接触特征1830的一部分替代。然而,包括开关特征和相关联的接触特征的结构的总体几何结构与图31D中所描绘的非常相似。Another embodiment of a switch feature 1810 is shown in FIG. 31E . This embodiment is very similar to the embodiment in Figure 3 ID. However, connection portion 1818 of switch feature 1810 is omitted and replaced by a portion of contact feature 1830 . However, the overall geometry of the structure including the switch features and associated contact features is very similar to that depicted in Figure 31D.

术语“药物”或“药剂”在本文中同义使用,并且描述了如下药学制剂,其包含一种或多种活性药学成分或其药学上可接受的盐或溶剂化物以及可选地药学上可接受的载剂。从最广义上来说,活性药学成分(“API”)是对人或动物具有生物学效应的化学结构。在药理学中,将药物或药剂用于治疗、治愈、预防或诊断疾病或者用于以其他方式增强身体或精神健康。药物或药剂可在限期内使用,或定期用于慢性疾病。The term "drug" or "medicament" is used synonymously herein and describes a pharmaceutical formulation comprising one or more active pharmaceutical ingredients or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable Accepted carrier. In the broadest sense, an active pharmaceutical ingredient ("API") is a chemical structure that has a biological effect on humans or animals. In pharmacology, the use of drugs or agents to treat, cure, prevent, or diagnose disease or to otherwise enhance physical or mental health. Drugs or agents may be used for a limited period of time, or on a regular basis for chronic conditions.

如下文所述,药物或药剂可以包括用于治疗一种或多种疾病的在各种类型的制剂中的至少一种API或其组合。API的例子可以包括小分子(具有500Da或更小的分子量);多肽、肽和蛋白质(例如,激素、生长因子、抗体、抗体片段和酶);碳水化合物和多糖;以及核酸、双链或单链DNA(包括裸露和cDNA)、RNA、反义核酸诸如反义DNA和RNA、小干扰RNA(siRNA)、核酶、基因和寡核苷酸。可以将核酸掺入分子递送系统(诸如载体、质粒或脂质体)中。还设想了一种或多种药物的混合物。As described below, a drug or medicament may include at least one API or a combination thereof in various types of formulations for the treatment of one or more diseases. Examples of APIs may include small molecules (having a molecular weight of 500 Da or less); polypeptides, peptides, and proteins (e.g., hormones, growth factors, antibodies, antibody fragments, and enzymes); carbohydrates and polysaccharides; Stranded DNA (including naked and cDNA), RNA, antisense nucleic acids such as antisense DNA and RNA, small interfering RNA (siRNA), ribozymes, genes, and oligonucleotides. Nucleic acids can be incorporated into molecular delivery systems such as vectors, plasmids or liposomes. Mixtures of one or more drugs are also contemplated.

可以将药物或药剂包含在适于与药物递送装置一起使用的初级包装或“药物容器”中。药物容器可以是例如药筒、注射筒、储器或其他固体或柔性的器皿,其被配置成提供用于储存(例如,短期或长期储存)一种或多种药物的合适腔室。例如,在一些情况下,可以将腔室设计成将药物储存至少一天(例如,1天到至少30天)。在一些情况下,可以将腔室设计成将药物储存约1个月至约2年。可以在室温(例如,约20℃)或冷藏温度(例如,从约-4℃至约4℃)下进行储存。在一些情况下,药物容器可以是或可以包括双腔室药筒,其被配置成分开储存待施用的药学制剂的两种或更多种组分(例如,API和稀释剂、或两种不同的药物),每个腔室中存储一种。在这种情况下,双腔室药筒的两个腔室可以被配置成在分配到人体或动物体内之前和/或期间允许两种或更多种组分之间的混合。例如,两个腔室可以被配置成使得它们彼此处于流体连通(例如,借助于这两个腔室之间的导管),并且在需要时允许用户在分配之前混合两种组分。可替代地或另外地,这两个腔室可以被配置成允许在将组分分配到人体或动物体内时进行混合。The drug or medicament may be contained in a primary package or "drug container" suitable for use with the drug delivery device. A drug container may be, for example, a cartridge, syringe, reservoir, or other solid or flexible vessel configured to provide a suitable chamber for storage (eg, short-term or long-term storage) of one or more drugs. For example, in some cases, the chamber can be designed to store the drug for at least one day (eg, 1 day to at least 30 days). In some cases, the chamber can be designed to store the drug for about 1 month to about 2 years. Storage can be at room temperature (eg, about 20°C) or refrigerated temperature (eg, from about -4°C to about 4°C). In some cases, the drug container can be or include a dual chamber cartridge configured to store separately two or more components of a pharmaceutical formulation to be administered (e.g., an API and a diluent, or two different components). drugs), one stored in each chamber. In this case, the two chambers of the dual chamber cartridge may be configured to allow mixing between the two or more components prior to and/or during dispensing into the human or animal body. For example, two chambers may be configured such that they are in fluid communication with each other (eg, via a conduit between the two chambers) and allow the user to mix the two components prior to dispensing, if desired. Alternatively or additionally, the two chambers may be configured to allow mixing when the components are dispensed into the human or animal body.

在本文所述的药物递送装置中包含的药物或药剂可以用于治疗和/或预防许多不同类型的医学疾病。疾病的例子包括例如糖尿病或与糖尿病相关的并发症(诸如糖尿病视网膜病变)、血栓栓塞性疾病(诸如深静脉或肺血栓栓塞)。疾病的另外例子是急性冠脉综合征(ACS)、心绞痛、心肌梗塞、癌症、黄斑变性、炎症、枯草热、动脉粥样硬化和/或类风湿性关节炎。API和药物的例子是如以下手册中所述的那些:诸如2014年《德国医生药物手册》(Rote Liste),例如,但不限于主要组别12(抗糖尿病药物)或86(肿瘤药物);和第15版《默克索引》(Merck Index)。The drugs or agents contained in the drug delivery devices described herein can be used to treat and/or prevent many different types of medical conditions. Examples of diseases include eg diabetes or complications associated with diabetes such as diabetic retinopathy, thromboembolic diseases such as deep vein or pulmonary thromboembolism. Further examples of diseases are acute coronary syndrome (ACS), angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, cancer, macular degeneration, inflammation, hay fever, atherosclerosis and/or rheumatoid arthritis. Examples of APIs and drugs are those as described in handbooks such as the 2014 Rote Liste for Doctors, eg, but not limited to major groups 12 (antidiabetic drugs) or 86 (oncology drugs); and The Merck Index, 15th Edition.

用于治疗和/或预防1型或2型糖尿病或与1型或2型糖尿病相关并发症的API的例子包括胰岛素(例如人胰岛素、或人胰岛素类似物或衍生物);胰高血糖素样肽(GLP-1)、GLP-1类似物或GLP-1受体激动剂、或其类似物或衍生物;二肽基肽酶-4(DPP4)抑制剂、或其药学上可接受的盐或溶剂化物;或其任何混合物。如本文所用,术语“类似物”和“衍生物”是指具有如下分子结构的多肽,所述分子结构可以通过缺失和/或交换在天然存在的肽中存在的至少一个氨基酸残基和/或通过添加至少一个氨基酸残基而在形式上衍生自天然存在的肽的结构(例如人胰岛素的结构)。所添加和/或交换的氨基酸残基可以是可编码氨基酸残基或其他天然存在的残基或纯合成的氨基酸残基。胰岛素类似物还被称为“胰岛素受体配体”。特别地,术语“衍生物”是指具有如下分子结构的多肽,所述分子结构在形式上可以衍生自天然存在的肽的结构(例如人胰岛素的结构),其中一个或多个有机取代基(例如脂肪酸)与一个或多个氨基酸结合。可选地,天然存在的肽中存在的一个或多个氨基酸可能已被缺失和/或被其他氨基酸(包括不可编码的氨基酸)替代,或者氨基酸(包括不可编码的氨基酸)已被添加到天然存在的肽中。Examples of APIs useful in the treatment and/or prevention of type 1 or type 2 diabetes or complications associated with type 1 or type 2 diabetes include insulin (e.g. human insulin, or human insulin analogs or derivatives); glucagon-like Peptide (GLP-1), GLP-1 analog or GLP-1 receptor agonist, or analog or derivative thereof; dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP4) inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate; or any mixture thereof. As used herein, the terms "analogue" and "derivative" refer to a polypeptide having a molecular structure that can be modified by deletion and/or exchange of at least one amino acid residue present in a naturally occurring peptide and/or Formally derived from the structure of a naturally occurring peptide (eg the structure of human insulin) by the addition of at least one amino acid residue. The added and/or exchanged amino acid residues may be codable amino acid residues or other naturally occurring residues or purely synthetic amino acid residues. Insulin analogs are also known as "insulin receptor ligands". In particular, the term "derivative" refers to a polypeptide having a molecular structure that can be formally derived from that of a naturally occurring peptide (such as that of human insulin) in which one or more organic substituents ( such as fatty acids) in combination with one or more amino acids. Alternatively, one or more amino acids present in the naturally occurring peptide may have been deleted and/or replaced by other amino acids (including non-codable amino acids), or amino acids (including non-codable amino acids) have been added to the naturally occurring of the peptides.

胰岛素类似物的例子是Gly(A21)、Arg(B31)、Arg(B32)人胰岛素(甘精胰岛素);Lys(B3)、Glu(B29)人胰岛素(谷赖胰岛素);Lys(B28)、Pro(B29)人胰岛素(赖脯胰岛素);Asp(B28)人胰岛素(门冬胰岛素);人胰岛素,其中在位置B28处的脯氨酸被Asp、Lys、Leu、Val或Ala替代并且其中在位置B29处的Lys可以被Pro替代;Ala(B26)人胰岛素;Des(B28-B30)人胰岛素;Des(B27)人胰岛素和Des(B30)人胰岛素。Examples of insulin analogues are Gly(A21), Arg(B31), Arg(B32) human insulin (insulin glargine); Lys(B3), Glu(B29) human insulin (insulin glulisine); Lys(B28), Pro(B29) human insulin (insulin lispro); Asp(B28) human insulin (insulin aspart); human insulin, wherein the proline at position B28 is replaced by Asp, Lys, Leu, Val or Ala and wherein in Lys at position B29 can be replaced by Pro; Ala(B26) human insulin; Des(B28-B30) human insulin; Des(B27) human insulin and Des(B30) human insulin.

胰岛素衍生物的例子是例如B29-N-肉豆蔻酰-des(B30)人胰岛素,Lys(B29)(N-十四酰)-des(B30)人胰岛素(地特胰岛素,

Figure BDA0003863856570000311
);B29-N-棕榈酰-des(B30)人胰岛素;B29-N-肉豆蔻酰人胰岛素;B29-N-棕榈酰人胰岛素;B28-N-肉豆蔻酰LysB28ProB29人胰岛素;B28-N-棕榈酰-LysB28ProB29人胰岛素;B30-N-肉豆蔻酰-ThrB29LysB30人胰岛素;B30-N-棕榈酰-ThrB29LysB30人胰岛素;B29-N-(N-棕榈酰-γ-谷氨酰)-des(B30)人胰岛素,B29-N-ω-羧基十五酰-γ-L-谷氨酰-des(B30)人胰岛素(德谷胰岛素(insulindegludec),
Figure BDA0003863856570000312
);B29-N-(N-石胆酰-γ-谷氨酰)-des(B30)人胰岛素;B29-N-(ω-羧基十七酰)-des(B30)人胰岛素和B29-N-(ω-羧基十七酰)人胰岛素。Examples of insulin derivatives are e.g. B29-N-myristoyl-des(B30) human insulin, Lys(B29)(N-myristoyl)-des(B30) human insulin (insulin detemir,
Figure BDA0003863856570000311
); B29-N-myristoyl-des(B30) human insulin; B29-N-myristoyl human insulin; B29-N-palmitoyl human insulin; B28-N-myristoyl LysB28ProB29 human insulin; B28-N- Palmitoyl-LysB28ProB29 Human Insulin; B30-N-Myristoyl-ThrB29LysB30 Human Insulin; B30-N-Palmitoyl-ThrB29LysB30 Human Insulin; B29-N-(N-Palmitoyl-γ-glutamyl)-des(B30 ) human insulin, B29-N-ω-carboxypentadecanoyl-γ-L-glutamyl-des (B30) human insulin (insulin degludec,
Figure BDA0003863856570000312
); B29-N-(N-lithochyl-γ-glutamyl)-des(B30) human insulin; B29-N-(ω-carboxyheptadecanoyl)-des(B30) human insulin and B29-N - (ω-carboxyheptadecanoyl) human insulin.

GLP-1、GLP-1类似物和GLP-1受体激动剂的例子是例如利西拉肽

Figure BDA0003863856570000313
艾塞那肽(Exendin-4,
Figure BDA0003863856570000314
由毒蜥(Gila monster)的唾液腺产生39个氨基酸的肽)、利拉鲁肽
Figure BDA0003863856570000315
索马鲁肽(Semaglutide)、他司鲁肽(Taspoglutide)、阿必鲁肽
Figure BDA0003863856570000316
杜拉鲁肽(Dulaglutide)
Figure BDA0003863856570000317
rExendin-4、CJC-1134-PC、PB-1023、TTP-054、兰格拉肽(Langlenatide)/HM-11260C、CM-3、GLP-1Eligen、ORMD-0901、NN-9924、NN-9926、NN-9927、Nodexen、Viador-GLP-1、CVX-096、ZYOG-1、ZYD-1、GSK-2374697、DA-3091、MAR-701、MAR709、ZP-2929、ZP-3022、TT-401、BHM-034、MOD-6030、CAM-2036、DA-15864、ARI-2651、ARI-2255、艾塞那肽-XTEN和胰高血糖素-Xten。Examples of GLP-1, GLP-1 analogs and GLP-1 receptor agonists are e.g. lixisenatide
Figure BDA0003863856570000313
Exenatide (Exendin-4,
Figure BDA0003863856570000314
A 39 amino acid peptide produced by the salivary glands of the Gila monster), liraglutide
Figure BDA0003863856570000315
Semaglutide, Taspoglutide, Albiglutide
Figure BDA0003863856570000316
Dulaglutide
Figure BDA0003863856570000317
rExendin-4, CJC-1134-PC, PB-1023, TTP-054, Langlenatide/HM-11260C, CM-3, GLP-1Eligen, ORMD-0901, NN-9924, NN-9926, NN -9927, Nodexen, Viador-GLP-1, CVX-096, ZYOG-1, ZYD-1, GSK-2374697, DA-3091, MAR-701, MAR709, ZP-2929, ZP-3022, TT-401, BHM -034, MOD-6030, CAM-2036, DA-15864, ARI-2651, ARI-2255, Exenatide-XTEN, and Glucagon-Xten.

寡核苷酸的例子例如是:米泊美生钠

Figure BDA0003863856570000318
它是一种用于治疗家族性高胆固醇血症的胆固醇还原性反义治疗剂。Examples of oligonucleotides are eg: Milpomersen Sodium
Figure BDA0003863856570000318
It is a cholesterol-reducing antisense therapeutic for the treatment of familial hypercholesterolemia.

DPP4抑制剂的例子是维达列汀、西他列汀、地那列汀(Denagliptin)、沙格列汀、小檗碱。Examples of DPP4 inhibitors are vildagliptin, sitagliptin, denagliptin, saxagliptin, berberine.

激素的例子包括垂体激素或下丘脑激素或调节活性肽及其拮抗剂,诸如促性腺激素(促滤泡素、促黄体素、绒毛膜促性腺激素、促生育素)、促生长激素(Somatropine)(生长激素)、去氨加压素、特利加压素、戈那瑞林、曲普瑞林、亮丙瑞林、布舍瑞林、那法瑞林和戈舍瑞林。Examples of hormones include pituitary or hypothalamic hormones or regulatory active peptides and their antagonists, such as gonadotropins (follicle-stimulating hormone, luteinizing hormone, chorionic gonadotropin, tocotropin), growth-stimulating hormone (Somatropine) (somatorelin), desmopressin, terlipressin, gonadorelin, triptorelin, leuprolide, buserelin, nafarelin, and goserelin.

多糖的例子包括葡糖胺聚糖(glucosaminoglycane)、透明质酸、肝素、低分子量肝素或超低分子量肝素或其衍生物、或硫酸化多糖(例如上述多糖的多硫酸化形式)、和/或其药学上可接受的盐。多硫酸化低分子量肝素的药学上可接受的盐的例子是依诺肝素钠。透明质酸衍生物的例子是Hylan G-F 20

Figure BDA0003863856570000319
它是一种透明质酸钠。Examples of polysaccharides include glucosaminoglycanes, hyaluronic acid, heparin, low molecular weight heparin or ultra low molecular weight heparin or derivatives thereof, or sulfated polysaccharides (such as polysulfated forms of the above polysaccharides), and/or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt. An example of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of polysulfated low molecular weight heparin is enoxaparin sodium. An example of a hyaluronic acid derivative is Hylan GF 20
Figure BDA0003863856570000319
It is a sodium hyaluronate.

如本文所用,术语“抗体”是指免疫球蛋白分子或其抗原结合部分。免疫球蛋白分子的抗原结合部分的例子包括F(ab)和F(ab')2片段,其保留结合抗原的能力。抗体可以是多克隆抗体、单克隆抗体、重组抗体、嵌合抗体、去免疫或人源化抗体、完全人抗体、非人(例如鼠类)抗体或单链抗体。在一些实施方案中,抗体具有效应子功能,并且可以固定补体。在一些实施方案中,抗体具有降低的或没有结合Fc受体的能力。例如,抗体可以是同种型或亚型、抗体片段或突变体,其不支持与Fc受体的结合,例如,它具有诱变的或缺失的Fc受体结合区。术语抗体还包括基于四价双特异性串联免疫球蛋白(TBTI)的抗原结合分子和/或具有交叉结合区取向(CODV)的双可变区抗体样结合蛋白。As used herein, the term "antibody" refers to an immunoglobulin molecule or an antigen-binding portion thereof. Examples of antigen-binding portions of immunoglobulin molecules include F(ab) and F(ab')2 fragments, which retain the ability to bind antigen. Antibodies can be polyclonal, monoclonal, recombinant, chimeric, deimmunized or humanized, fully human, non-human (eg, murine) or single chain antibodies. In some embodiments, the antibody has effector function and can fix complement. In some embodiments, the antibody has reduced or no ability to bind Fc receptors. For example, an antibody may be an isotype or subtype, antibody fragment or mutant that does not support binding to an Fc receptor, eg, that has a mutagenized or deleted Fc receptor binding region. The term antibody also includes tetravalent bispecific tandem immunoglobulin (TBTI) based antigen binding molecules and/or dual variable domain antibody-like binding proteins with cross-binding domain orientation (CODV).

术语“片段”或“抗体片段”是指衍生自抗体多肽分子的多肽(例如,抗体重链和/或轻链多肽),其不包括全长抗体多肽,但仍包括能够结合抗原的全长抗体多肽的至少一部分。抗体片段可以包括全长抗体多肽的切割部分,尽管所述术语不限于此类切割片段。可用于本发明的抗体片段包括例如Fab片段、F(ab')2片段,scFv(单链Fv)片段、线性抗体、单特异性或多特异性抗体片段(诸如双特异性、三特异性、四特异性和多特异性抗体(例如,双链抗体、三链抗体、四链抗体))、单价或多价抗体片段(诸如二价、三价、四价和多价抗体)、微型抗体、螯合重组抗体、三抗体或双抗体、胞内抗体、纳米抗体,小模块化免疫药物(SMIP)、结合域免疫球蛋白融合蛋白、骆驼化抗体和包含VHH的抗体。抗原结合抗体片段的另外的例子在本领域中是已知的。The terms "fragment" or "antibody fragment" refer to polypeptides derived from antibody polypeptide molecules (e.g., antibody heavy and/or light chain polypeptides), which do not include full-length antibody polypeptides, but still include full-length antibodies capable of binding antigen at least a portion of a polypeptide. Antibody fragments may include cleaved portions of full-length antibody polypeptides, although the term is not limited to such cleaved fragments. Antibody fragments useful in the present invention include, for example, Fab fragments, F(ab')2 fragments, scFv (single chain Fv) fragments, linear antibodies, monospecific or multispecific antibody fragments (such as bispecific, trispecific, Tetraspecific and multispecific antibodies (e.g., diabodies, triabodies, tetrabodies)), monovalent or multivalent antibody fragments (such as bivalent, trivalent, tetravalent and multivalent antibodies), minibodies, Chelated recombinant antibodies, triabodies or diabodies, intrabodies, nanobodies, small modular immunopharmaceuticals (SMIPs), binding domain immunoglobulin fusion proteins, camelized antibodies, and VHH-containing antibodies. Additional examples of antigen-binding antibody fragments are known in the art.

术语“互补决定区”或“CDR”是指重链多肽和轻链多肽两者的可变区内的短多肽序列,其主要负责介导特异性抗原识别。术语“框架区”是指重链多肽和轻链多肽两者的可变区内的氨基酸序列,其不是CDR序列,并且主要负责维持CDR序列的正确定位以容许抗原结合。尽管框架区本身通常不直接参与抗原结合,如本领域中已知的,但是某些抗体的框架区内的某些残基可以直接参与抗原结合或可以影响CDR中的一个或多个氨基酸与抗原相互作用的能力。The term "complementarity determining region" or "CDR" refers to short polypeptide sequences within the variable regions of both heavy and light chain polypeptides that are primarily responsible for mediating specific antigen recognition. The term "framework region" refers to amino acid sequences within the variable regions of both heavy and light chain polypeptides that are not CDR sequences and are primarily responsible for maintaining the correct positioning of the CDR sequences to allow antigen binding. Although the framework regions themselves are generally not directly involved in antigen binding, as is known in the art, certain residues within the framework regions of certain antibodies may be directly involved in antigen binding or may affect the binding of one or more amino acids in the CDRs to the antigen. ability to interact.

抗体的例子是抗PCSK-9mAb(例如,阿利库单抗(Alirocumab))、抗IL-6mAb(例如,萨瑞鲁单抗(Sarilumab))和抗IL-4mAb(例如,度匹鲁单抗(Dupilumab))。Examples of antibodies are anti-PCSK-9 mAbs (e.g., Alirocumab), anti-IL-6 mAbs (e.g., Sarilumab) and anti-IL-4 mAbs (e.g., Dupilumab ( Dupilumab)).

本文所述的任何API的药学上可接受的盐也设想用于药物递送装置中的药物或药剂。药学上可接受的盐是例如酸加成盐和碱性盐。Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of any of the APIs described herein are also contemplated for use as a drug or medicament in a drug delivery device. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are, for example, acid addition salts and basic salts.

本领域技术人员将理解,在不脱离本发明的全部范围和精神的情况下,可以对本文所述的API、制剂、仪器、方法、系统和实施方案的各种组分进行修改(添加和/或移除),本发明涵盖包括此类修改及其任何和所有等同物。Those skilled in the art will understand that modifications (additions and/or additions and/or or removal), the present invention encompasses such modifications and any and all equivalents thereof.

保护范围不限于本文以上给出的例子。本文公开的任何发明都体现在每个新颖特征和特征的每个组合中,特别是包括权利要求中所述的任何特征的每个组合,即使这个特征或这个特征组合没有在权利要求或实施方案中明确说明。The scope of protection is not limited to the examples given herein above. Any invention disclosed herein is embodied in every novel feature and every combination of features, in particular every combination including any feature recited in a claim, even if that feature or that combination of features is not included in a claim or embodiment. clearly stated in.

附图标记reference sign

1 装置1 device

2 装置2 devices

10 壳体10 housing

12 剂量旋钮12 dose knob

11 注射按钮11 Injection button

13 剂量窗口13 dose window

14 容器或容器接收座14 container or container receptacle

15 针15 pins

16 内针帽16 inner needle cap

17 外针帽17 outer needle cap

18 帽18 caps

27 输出27 outputs

28 开关28 switches

29 电源29 power supply

70 拨选套筒70 dial sleeve

70a 区段Section 70a

70b 区段Section 70b

71a 构造71a Construction

205 握把205 grip

210 注射按钮210 Injection button

210a 按钮部分210a Button section

210b 按钮部分210b Button section

215 传感器布置215 Sensor arrangement

215a 传感器215a sensor

215b 传感器215b sensor

500 编码器系统500 encoder system

700 控制器700 Controller

800 开关800 switch

900 编码器系统900 Encoder System

1000 电子系统1000 electronic systems

1100 电子控制单元1100 Electronic Control Unit

1200 运动感测单元1200 motion sensing units

1300 使用检测单元1300 use detection unit

1400 通信单元1400 Communication Unit

1500 电源1500 Power

1550 导体载体1550 conductor carrier

1555 电部件1555 Electrical components

1600 用户接口构件1600 user interface components

1610 设定表面1610 set surface

1620 递送表面1620 delivery surface

1780 第一构件1780 First member

1790 第二构件1790 Second member

1792 相互作用部分1792 Interaction part

1800 棘轮凹部1800 Ratchet recess

1805 棘轮齿1805 ratchet teeth

1810 开关特征1810 Switch Characteristics

1810a 构型1810a configuration

1810b 构型1810b configuration

1811 相互作用部分1811 Interaction part

1812 部分Part 1812

1814 枢转部分1814 pivot section

1815 末端1815 end

1816 使用信号触发部分1816 Use signal to trigger part

1817 紧固部分1817 fastening part

1818 连接部分1818 connection part

1820 引导槽1820 guide slot

1830 第一接触特征1830 First Contact Feature

1832 相互作用部分1832 Interaction part

1834 接触特征部分1834 Contact feature part

1836 接触特征部分1836 Contact feature part

1838 接触特征部分1838 Contact feature part

1840 第二接触特征1840 Second contact feature

1842 相互作用部分1842 Interaction part

1844 接触特征部分1844 Contact feature part

1846 接触特征部分1846 Contact feature part

1848 接触特征部分1848 Contact feature part

1850 突出部1850 protrusion

1855 联接构件1855 Connecting members

1857 开关1857 switch

1859 触点1859 contacts

1860 表面1860 surface

1870 斜坡1870 slope

1880 使用信号生成接口构件1880 Generate interface components using signals

1890 检测区域1890 detection area

1900 花键特征1900 Spline Feature

1910 接合特征1910 Joining Features

1920 接合特征1920 Bonding Features

dc 接合器释放距离d c adapter release distance

Claims (18)

1.一种用于药物递送装置(1,2)的电子系统(1000),所述电子系统包括:CLAIMS 1. An electronic system (1000) for a drug delivery device (1, 2), said electronic system comprising: -剂量设定和驱动机构(1780,1790),所述剂量设定和驱动机构被配置成执行用于设定待由所述药物递送装置递送的剂量的剂量设定操作以及用于递送所设定的剂量的剂量递送操作,- a dose setting and drive mechanism (1780, 1790) configured to perform dose setting operations for setting a dose to be delivered by the drug delivery device and for delivering the set dose Dose delivery operations for defined doses, 所述剂量设定和驱动机构包括第一构件(1780)和第二构件(1790),其中所述剂量设定和驱动机构被配置成使得,在所述剂量递送操作中和/或在所述剂量设定操作中,所述第一构件相对于所述第二构件移动、例如旋转,The dose setting and drive mechanism comprises a first member (1780) and a second member (1790), wherein the dose setting and drive mechanism is configured such that, during the dose delivery operation and/or during the During a dose setting operation, the first member moves, for example rotates, relative to the second member, -电子控制单元(1100),所述电子控制单元被配置成控制所述电子系统的操作,所述电子系统具有第一状态和第二状态,其中所述电子系统在所述第二状态下所具有的电力消耗相较于所述第一状态有所增加,- An electronic control unit (1100) configured to control the operation of the electronic system, the electronic system having a first state and a second state, wherein the electronic system is in the second state having an increased power consumption compared to the first state, -电使用检测单元(1300),所述电使用检测单元操作性地连接至所述电子控制单元,所述电使用检测单元被配置成生成使用信号,所述使用信号指示用户已经开始所述剂量设定操作或所述剂量递送操作,其中- an electricity usage detection unit (1300) operatively connected to the electronic control unit, the electricity usage detection unit being configured to generate a usage signal indicating that the user has started the dose set operation or said dose delivery operation, wherein 所述电子系统被配置成使得所述电子系统由所述电子控制单元响应于所述使用信号而从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态,并且其中the electronic system is configured such that the electronic system is switched from the first state to the second state by the electronic control unit in response to the use signal, and wherein 所述电使用检测单元被配置成响应于优选地在所述剂量递送操作期间所述第一构件与所述第二构件之间的相对移动、例如响应于其间的相对旋转移动而生成所述使用信号。The electrical usage detection unit is configured to generate the usage in response to a relative movement between the first member and the second member, preferably in response to a relative rotational movement therebetween, preferably during the dose delivery operation. Signal. 2.根据权利要求1所述的电子系统,其中所述电使用检测单元(1300)被配置成响应于在所述剂量递送操作期间所述第一构件与所述第二构件之间的相对旋转移动而生成所述使用信号。2. The electronic system of claim 1, wherein the electricity usage detection unit (1300) is configured to respond to a relative rotation between the first member and the second member during the dose delivery operation move to generate the usage signal. 3.根据前述权利要求中任一项所述的电子系统,其中所述剂量设定和驱动机构包括剂量构件(1780),所述剂量构件能在所述剂量设定操作中相对于壳体(10)以单位设定增量的整数倍旋转,并且其中所述第一构件和所述第二构件中的一个是所述剂量构件,或者其中所述第一构件和所述第二构件不同于所述剂量构件。3. The electronic system according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the dose setting and drive mechanism comprises a dose member (1780), which can be moved relative to the housing (1780) during the dose setting operation 10) Rotate in integral multiples of unit set increments, and wherein one of said first member and said second member is said dose member, or wherein said first member and said second member are different from The dosage member. 4.根据权利要求3所述的电子系统,其中所述电子系统包括使用信号生成接口(1800,1805,1810),其中所述使用信号生成接口被配置成在所述剂量递送操作期间生成一个或多个使用信号,并且其中所述使用信号生成接口是增量改变接口,其中所述使用信号生成增量被调整为所述单位设定增量。4. The electronic system according to claim 3, wherein the electronic system comprises a usage signal generation interface (1800, 1805, 1810), wherein the usage signal generation interface is configured to generate one or A plurality of usage signals, and wherein said usage signal generation interface is a delta change interface, wherein said usage signal generation delta is adjusted to said unit set delta. 5.根据前述权利要求中任一项所述的电子系统,其中所述电子系统被配置成使得所述使用信号是在所述第一构件(1780)的旋转已经开始之后并且在所述第一构件相对于所述第二构件(1790)已经旋转了多于一个单位设定增量之前生成的。5. The electronic system according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the electronic system is configured such that the use signal is after rotation of the first member (1780) has started and at the first Generated before the member has been rotated by more than a set increment of units relative to the second member (1790). 6.根据前述权利要求中任一项所述的电子系统,其中所述电子系统(1000)包括可移动的开关特征(1810),所述开关特征操作性地联接至所述第一构件(1780)和所述第二构件(1790)中的一者或两者,使得所述第一构件相对于所述第二构件的旋转引起所述开关特征相对于所述第一构件和/或所述第二构件的移动,并且其中所述电子系统被配置成使得所述开关特征的移动用于触发所述使用信号的生成。6. The electronic system according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the electronic system (1000) comprises a movable switch feature (1810) operatively coupled to the first member (1780) ) and the second member (1790), such that rotation of the first member relative to the second member causes the switch feature to move relative to the first member and/or the Movement of the second member, and wherein the electronic system is configured such that movement of the switch feature is used to trigger generation of the use signal. 7.根据权利要求6所述的电子系统,其中所述可移动的开关特征(1810)操作性地联接至所述第一构件和/或所述第二构件,使得所述第一构件相对于所述第二构件的旋转转换成所述开关特征的移动,以引起所述使用信号的生成,特别是在所述剂量设定操作或所述剂量递送操作开始时。7. The electronic system of claim 6, wherein the movable switch feature (1810) is operatively coupled to the first member and/or the second member such that the first member is relatively Rotation of the second member translates into movement of the switch feature to cause generation of the usage signal, in particular at the start of the dose setting operation or the dose delivery operation. 8.根据权利要求6所述的电子系统,其中在所述第一构件(1780)相对于所述第二构件(1790)旋转之前,所述可移动的开关特征(1810)被弹性地偏置成与阻挡特征(1805)接合,其中当所述第一构件相对于所述第二构件旋转时,所述阻挡特征从所述开关特征移除,使得偏置力能够驱动所述开关特征的移动以引起所述使用信号的生成。8. The electronic system of claim 6, wherein prior to rotation of the first member (1780) relative to the second member (1790), the moveable switch feature (1810) is resiliently biased into engagement with a blocking feature (1805), wherein when the first member is rotated relative to the second member, the blocking feature is removed from the switch feature such that a biasing force can drive movement of the switch feature to cause generation of the usage signal. 9.根据权利要求6至8中任一项所述的电子系统,其中所述开关特征(1810)被线性引导。9. The electronic system according to any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein the switching characteristic (1810) is guided linearly. 10.根据权利要求6至8中任一项所述的电子系统,其中所述开关特征(1810)被枢转地安装,并且其中所述开关特征的移动是枢转移动。10. The electronic system of any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein the switch feature (1810) is pivotally mounted, and wherein movement of the switch feature is a pivotal movement. 11.根据权利要求6至10中任一项所述的电子系统,其中所述第一构件(1780)和所述第二构件(1790)中的一个设有棘轮,所述棘轮具有周向设置的棘轮齿,并且其中所述开关特征(1810)被布置成与所述棘轮协作。11. The electronic system according to any one of claims 6 to 10, wherein one of said first member (1780) and said second member (1790) is provided with a ratchet, said ratchet having a circumferential arrangement teeth of the ratchet, and wherein the switch feature (1810) is arranged to cooperate with the ratchet. 12.根据权利要求11所述的电子系统,其中所述电子系统(1000)包括第一开关特征(1810)和第二开关特征(1810),其中所述第一开关特征和所述第二开关特征被布置成与所述棘轮协作。12. The electronic system according to claim 11, wherein the electronic system (1000) comprises a first switching characteristic (1810) and a second switching characteristic (1810), wherein the first switching characteristic and the second switching characteristic A feature is arranged to cooperate with said ratchet. 13.根据权利要求11所述的电子系统,13. The electronic system of claim 11, 其中一个可变形的开关特征(1810)在不同的位置处与所述棘轮接合,在所述不同的位置处,所述第一构件(1780)相对于所述第二构件(1790)的旋转引起所述可变形的开关特征的一部分轴向地移位。One of the deformable switch features (1810) engages the ratchet at different positions where rotation of the first member (1780) relative to the second member (1790) causes A portion of the deformable switch feature is axially displaced. 14.根据前述权利要求中任一项所述的电子系统,14. An electronic system according to any one of the preceding claims, 其中所述电子系统包括运动感测单元(1200),其中所述运动感测单元在所述电子系统(1000)的所述第二状态下是可操作的并且在所述电子系统的所述第一状态下是不可操作的,其中所述电子控制单元被配置成响应于所述使用信号而发出命令以使所述运动感测单元可操作。wherein said electronic system comprises a motion sensing unit (1200), wherein said motion sensing unit is operable in said second state of said electronic system (1000) and is operable in said second state of said electronic system Inoperable is a state wherein the electronic control unit is configured to issue a command to render the motion sensing unit operable in response to the use signal. 15.根据前述权利要求中任一项所述的电子系统,15. An electronic system according to any one of the preceding claims, 其中所述第一构件和所述第二构件被配置成在所述剂量设定操作期间和/或在所述剂量递送操作期间相对于所述电子系统或所述药物递送装置的壳体移动。Wherein the first member and the second member are configured to move relative to the electronic system or the housing of the drug delivery device during the dose setting operation and/or during the dose delivery operation. 16.一种药物递送装置(1,2),其包括根据前述权利要求中任一项所述的电子系统(1000)以及具有药物的储器和/或用于将具有药物的储器固持在所述药物递送装置中的储器固持器。16. A drug delivery device (1, 2) comprising an electronic system (1000) according to any one of the preceding claims and a reservoir with drug and/or for holding the reservoir with drug in a A reservoir holder in the drug delivery device. 17.一种用于药物递送装置(1,2)的电子系统(1000),所述电子系统包括:17. An electronic system (1000) for a drug delivery device (1, 2), said electronic system comprising: -剂量设定和驱动机构(1780,1790),所述剂量设定和驱动机构被配置成执行用于设定待由所述药物递送装置递送的剂量的剂量设定操作以及用于递送所设定的剂量的剂量递送操作,- a dose setting and drive mechanism (1780, 1790) configured to perform dose setting operations for setting a dose to be delivered by the drug delivery device and for delivering the set dose Dose delivery operations for defined doses, 所述剂量设定和驱动机构包括第一构件(1780)和第二构件(1790),其中所述剂量设定和驱动机构被配置成使得,在所述剂量递送操作中和/或在所述剂量设定操作中,所述第一构件相对于所述第二构件移动、例如旋转,The dose setting and drive mechanism comprises a first member (1780) and a second member (1790), wherein the dose setting and drive mechanism is configured such that, during the dose delivery operation and/or during the During a dose setting operation, the first member moves, for example rotates, relative to the second member, -电子控制单元(1100),所述电子控制单元被配置成控制所述电子系统的操作,所述电子系统具有第一状态和第二状态,其中所述电子系统在所述第二状态下所具有的电力消耗相较于所述第一状态有所增加,- An electronic control unit (1100) configured to control the operation of the electronic system, the electronic system having a first state and a second state, wherein the electronic system is in the second state having an increased power consumption compared to the first state, -电使用检测单元(1300),所述电使用检测单元操作性地连接至所述电子控制单元,所述电使用检测单元被配置成生成使用信号,所述使用信号指示用户已经开始所述剂量递送操作,其中- an electricity usage detection unit (1300) operatively connected to the electronic control unit, the electricity usage detection unit being configured to generate a usage signal indicating that the user has started the dose Delivery operations, where 所述电子系统被配置成使得所述电子系统由所述电子控制单元响应于所述使用信号而从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态,并且其中the electronic system is configured such that the electronic system is switched from the first state to the second state by the electronic control unit in response to the use signal, and wherein 所述电使用检测单元被配置成响应于在所述剂量递送操作期间所述第一构件与所述第二构件之间的相对旋转移动而生成所述使用信号。The electrical usage detection unit is configured to generate the usage signal in response to relative rotational movement between the first member and the second member during the dose delivery operation. 18.根据权利要求17所述的电子系统,18. The electronic system of claim 17, 其中所述第一构件和所述第二构件被配置成在所述剂量设定操作期间以及在所述剂量递送操作期间相对于所述电子系统或所述药物递送装置的壳体移动。Wherein the first member and the second member are configured to move relative to the electronic system or the housing of the drug delivery device during the dose setting operation and during the dose delivery operation.
CN202180024548.8A 2020-03-27 2021-03-25 Electronic system for drug delivery device and drug delivery device Pending CN115397489A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP20315066.9 2020-03-27
EP20315066 2020-03-27
PCT/EP2021/057665 WO2021191322A1 (en) 2020-03-27 2021-03-25 Electronic system for a drug delivery device and drug delivery device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN115397489A true CN115397489A (en) 2022-11-25

Family

ID=70482558

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN202180024548.8A Pending CN115397489A (en) 2020-03-27 2021-03-25 Electronic system for drug delivery device and drug delivery device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US20230128892A1 (en)
EP (1) EP4126119A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2023519295A (en)
CN (1) CN115397489A (en)
WO (1) WO2021191322A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20240382686A1 (en) 2021-09-24 2024-11-21 Sanofi Electronic Module, Drug Delivery Device and Method for Operating an Electronic Module

Citations (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110270214A1 (en) * 2008-11-06 2011-11-03 Novo Nordisk A/S Electronically assisted drug delivery device
US20110270219A1 (en) * 2008-04-30 2011-11-03 Roche Diagnostics International Ag Administration device having a button with touch sensor
US20110313350A1 (en) * 2009-02-27 2011-12-22 Lifescan, Inc. Drug delivery system
CN104755118A (en) * 2012-10-29 2015-07-01 赛诺菲-安万特德国有限公司 Drug delivery device with drug container comprising a sensor and optical data transmission system
CN105705184A (en) * 2013-11-13 2016-06-22 诺和诺德股份有限公司 Drug delivery device with time indicator feature
WO2017032586A1 (en) * 2015-08-24 2017-03-02 Carebay Europe Ltd Monitoring unit
WO2017084842A1 (en) * 2015-11-19 2017-05-26 Carebay Europe Ltd Medicament delivery device
CN107787236A (en) * 2015-06-09 2018-03-09 赛诺菲-安万特德国有限公司 For being attached to the data acquisition device of injection device
CN108136136A (en) * 2015-09-30 2018-06-08 诺和诺德股份有限公司 The attachment device of low-power consumption
CN108601905A (en) * 2015-12-10 2018-09-28 赛诺菲-安万特德国有限公司 Removably it is attached to the sensor device of drug delivery device
US20180318526A1 (en) * 2015-12-09 2018-11-08 Amgen Inc. Auto-injector with signaling cap
WO2019040313A1 (en) * 2017-08-21 2019-02-28 Eli Lilly And Company Medication delivery device with sensing system
US20190083708A1 (en) * 2016-03-11 2019-03-21 Carebay Europe Ltd. Electrical Information Device for Communicating Information Related to a Medicament Delivery
CN109937062A (en) * 2016-11-29 2019-06-25 艾斯曲尔医疗公司 Activation component for medicament delivery device
US20190217016A1 (en) * 2016-01-06 2019-07-18 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Medicament delivery device
WO2019219825A1 (en) * 2018-05-18 2019-11-21 Novo Nordisk A/S Drug delivery assembly with information capture
US20200078527A1 (en) * 2018-09-06 2020-03-12 Verily Life Sciences Llc Plate capacitor for dosage sensing

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2958611B1 (en) * 2013-02-19 2018-04-11 Novo Nordisk A/S Rotary sensor module with axial switch
ES2774303T3 (en) 2013-08-29 2020-07-20 Sanofi Aventis Deutschland Cap for a drug delivery device
WO2017114768A1 (en) * 2015-12-28 2017-07-06 Novo Nordisk A/S Rotary sensor assembly with low-power feature

Patent Citations (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110270219A1 (en) * 2008-04-30 2011-11-03 Roche Diagnostics International Ag Administration device having a button with touch sensor
US20110270214A1 (en) * 2008-11-06 2011-11-03 Novo Nordisk A/S Electronically assisted drug delivery device
US20110313350A1 (en) * 2009-02-27 2011-12-22 Lifescan, Inc. Drug delivery system
CN104755118A (en) * 2012-10-29 2015-07-01 赛诺菲-安万特德国有限公司 Drug delivery device with drug container comprising a sensor and optical data transmission system
CN105705184A (en) * 2013-11-13 2016-06-22 诺和诺德股份有限公司 Drug delivery device with time indicator feature
CN107787236A (en) * 2015-06-09 2018-03-09 赛诺菲-安万特德国有限公司 For being attached to the data acquisition device of injection device
WO2017032586A1 (en) * 2015-08-24 2017-03-02 Carebay Europe Ltd Monitoring unit
CN108136136A (en) * 2015-09-30 2018-06-08 诺和诺德股份有限公司 The attachment device of low-power consumption
WO2017084842A1 (en) * 2015-11-19 2017-05-26 Carebay Europe Ltd Medicament delivery device
US20180318526A1 (en) * 2015-12-09 2018-11-08 Amgen Inc. Auto-injector with signaling cap
CN108601905A (en) * 2015-12-10 2018-09-28 赛诺菲-安万特德国有限公司 Removably it is attached to the sensor device of drug delivery device
US20190217016A1 (en) * 2016-01-06 2019-07-18 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh Medicament delivery device
US20190083708A1 (en) * 2016-03-11 2019-03-21 Carebay Europe Ltd. Electrical Information Device for Communicating Information Related to a Medicament Delivery
CN109937062A (en) * 2016-11-29 2019-06-25 艾斯曲尔医疗公司 Activation component for medicament delivery device
WO2019040313A1 (en) * 2017-08-21 2019-02-28 Eli Lilly And Company Medication delivery device with sensing system
WO2019219825A1 (en) * 2018-05-18 2019-11-21 Novo Nordisk A/S Drug delivery assembly with information capture
US20200078527A1 (en) * 2018-09-06 2020-03-12 Verily Life Sciences Llc Plate capacitor for dosage sensing

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2023519295A (en) 2023-05-10
EP4126119A1 (en) 2023-02-08
US20230128892A1 (en) 2023-04-27
WO2021191322A1 (en) 2021-09-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN112604089B (en) Medicament injection apparatus with rotary encoder
CN115427093A (en) Electronic module and drug delivery device
JP2023527263A (en) Electronic system for drug delivery device
US20220134011A1 (en) Electronic system and method for determining failure of a second switch in a drug delivery device
CN115397489A (en) Electronic system for drug delivery device and drug delivery device
CN115666688A (en) Electronic system for a drug delivery device and drug delivery device
JP2024535347A (en) Dose actuation rate detection using an electronic system for a drug delivery device - Patents.com
US20230218831A1 (en) Electronic system for a drug delivery device and drug delivery device
JP2024536052A (en) Recording information in a drug delivery device
JP7704772B2 (en) SWITCH ASSEMBLY FOR ELECTRONIC SYSTEM OF DRUG DELIVERY DEVICE - Patent application
US20240091453A1 (en) Electronic System for a Drug Delivery Device and Drug Delivery Device
JP2023526725A (en) Electronic system for drug delivery device
JP2024505593A (en) dose counting system
CN118302214A (en) Drug delivery device and dose recording system with the same
JP2023547469A (en) Electronic systems and drug delivery devices for drug delivery devices
CN116963794A (en) Data recording device for monitoring the use of an injection device
CN118302216A (en) Drug delivery device and dose recording system with the same
CN118302215A (en) Drug delivery device and dose recording system with the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination